Round regs · 2005

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 10 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/0910/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. Supplementary Regulation 2.10.3 Please delete Supplementary Regulation 2.10.3 and replace with the following: 2.10.3 Pursuant to Rule D11.5.9.3, in any Race, each Team is permitted to work on only one (1) Car at a time in the Pit Lane or the Team’s Pit Bays. 2. Supplementary Regulation 2.15 C0-DRIVER PRACTICE / PRACTICE 3 The Co-Driver Practice – Practice 3 has been amended. The Co –Driver Practice is

now Practice 2. 3. Supplementary Regulation 2.4.1 QUALIFYING Only the times that are achieved in Practice 1 and Practice 3 will be used to determine the Upper 50% and Lower 50% for Qualifying. 4. Rule D 14.4.3 14.4.3 For the VCS: 14.4.3.1 Series points will be awarded according to the tables contained in Schedule D 2; 14.4.3.2 The aggregate point score achieved by each driver in a Round will become the VCS points for that Round. 5. SCHEDULE C4 COMPLETE WHEEL SPECIFICATION Please insert the following wording below the diagram contained in Schedule C4:

Please note that this drawing is a graphical representation of a typical wheel only to clearly demonstrate the dimensions contained in this Schedule C.4. 6. Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2 Please delete Supplementary Regulation 1.5.2 and replace with the following: 1.5.2 No change of Drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Tuesday 4 October 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 7. Supplementary Regulation 2.4.1 & 2.4.3

Please delete Supplementary Regulation 2.4.1 and replace with the following: 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two (2) sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.1 2.4.2 Any Driver whose best lap time exceeds the qualifying time cut-off as detailed in 2.4.2, will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless Rule D 5.1 applies 2.4.4 Any Team seeking to vary the nominated drivers making up their final driving crew for the Race must advise the Secretary of the Meeting in writing no later

V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 10 Super Cheap Auto 1000 © AVESCO than 1200 (noon) on Friday 7 October; and the variation sought must subsequently be approved by the Stewards. 8. Supplementary Regulation 2.8.2 Please delete Supplementary Regulation 2.8.2 and replace with the following: 2.8.2 During the Race, Competitors are permitted to undertake any number of Discretionary Pit Stops (DPS’s) during which refuelling is permitted, subject to

Rule D 11.9. 9. Supplementary Regulation 2.11.3 2.11.3 In addition to the requirements of Supplementary Regulation 2.11.1, it is permitted to use a refuelling tower, solely for the purpose of checking compliance of a Car with Rule C 14.1.6. The Car, the refuelling tower and the TEGA fuel tank capacity checking vessel must be located within the Team’s garage for the duration of this checking procedure. Teams must also comply with the provisions of Supplementary Regulation 2.22 during this checking

procedure. 10. Supplementary Regulation 2.12 DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME Please delete Supplementary Regulation 2.12 and replace with the following: 2.12.1 No one Driver may exceed the maximum driving time set out in Rule D 3.3. 2.12.2 All Drivers must comply with the identification requirements in Rule D 3.4. 2.12.3 For this Meeting, the Green CPS Light must be on at all times during the Race when the “Co-Driver”, as nominated to the Secretary of the Meeting prior to

1200 on 7 October is driving the Car. 2.12.4 For the purpose of clarification of Rule D3.3.4, the control line in Pit Lane is located adjacent to Pit Exit and therefore as a Driver exits Pit Lane, he will be deemed to have completed a lap of the Race. 11. Supplementary Regulation 4.1.2 Please delete Supplementary Regulation 4.1.2 and replace with the following: 4.1.2 A Speed limit of 10km/h applies to all vehicle movements in and around the Paddock. 12. Chief Medical Officer

The Chief Medical Officer for this Meeting will be Dr Michael Goss. 13. Supplementary Regulation 2.12.5 Please delete Supplementary Regulation 2.12.5 14. Chapter 5 – MEETING PROGRAM Please replace Chapter 5, 5.3 of the Supplementary Regulations – Meeting Program, with the revised Thursday program attached - HPDC Media Conference has been removed. . V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 10 Super Cheap Auto 1000 © AVESCO 5.3 THURSDAY 6 OCTOBER

Start Finish Description Duration Session 0825 0845 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0900 0920 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0935 1010 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1025 1045 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1100 1300 V8 Supercars 120 minutes Practice 1 After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1310 1410 Resident Access 60 minutes 10 minutes 1420 1455 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes

1510 1530 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1545 1605 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1620 1640 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 10 minutes 1650 1710 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% 1730 HPDC V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing David Kidd Secretary of the Meeting. V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 10 Super Cheap Auto 1000 © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 11 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/2310/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 Lexmark Indy 300” (“the Meeting”), which will also comprise Round 11 of the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series - the Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge, and will be held at the Surfers Paradise Street Circuit on 20 - 23 October 2004. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS

1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF

1.3.1 Promoter: Gold Coast Motor Events Corporation P.O. Box 3007 Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6800; Facsimile: (07) 5588 6899 1.3.2 Organiser: Gold Coast Motor Events Corporation P.O. Box 3007 Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6800; Facsimile: (07) 5588 6899 1.3.3 Organising Committee: James O’Brien, David Bennett & John Jones. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Paul Henningson 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: John Jones 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: Steve Preece 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Bob Wilkinson (2) Finish: Bob Wilkinson V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO (3) Pit Lane Speed: Bob Morton,Jeanette Birbeck, Guido Specogna and Mark Burke (4) Noise: Dave Wood (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Kurt Sakzewski, Vinnie Borgia, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson, Ross Haining (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Ross Haining

1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.5 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the administration office behind the V8 Supercar Paddock 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located in the portable buildings adjacent to the AVESCO B- Double Transporter 1.4.6 IPO Office: Located in the portable buildings, adjacent to the AVESCO B- Double Transporter 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 19 October 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.5.3 The list of 32 Cars eligible to enter this Meeting is contained in Attachment A. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 31 laps and two (2) Races of 22 laps each including one

Compulsory Pit Stop in each Race. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (previously titled C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0700 on Wednesday 19 October and must be out of the Circuit by 1800 on Tuesday 25 October. No access to the Circuit is permitted

prior to Wednesday 19 October. Transporters will be brought in a predetermined order to unload in Pit Lane and then will be directed to park in the Cypress Ave Truck Park. The AOM will distribute a schedule to all Teams under separate cover. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM,

in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice. 1.10.4 Series “Paddock” accreditation will not provide access into the CART Garage area.

1.10.5 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will not be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. 1.11 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000, Thursday 20 October at the Dunlop facility located on Macintosh Island behind the V8 Supercar Paddock Area. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on

Thursday 20 October at the AVESCO Transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 20 October and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 20 October in the Garden Terrace on Level 1 of the Marriot Resort Surfers Paradise. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1800 on Friday 21 October in the Garden Terrace on Level 1 of the Marriot Resort Surfers Paradise.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 The list of 32 eligible Cars entered for this Meeting is attached as Attachment 1. 2.3.2 Attachment 1 will contain the highest placed 32 cars entered for this Meeting in Championship order by Car after Round 9. 2.3.3 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on

practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.3.4 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.4 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.4.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions

will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.4.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.4.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.4.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the

Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.4.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.4.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the

track at the same time. 2.4.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.4.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.4.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.4.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit at the relevant time, the

Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.4.11 A Driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.5 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.5.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane

Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.6 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.6.1 At the commencement of each Race, the Green CPS light must be illuminated and must remain illuminated until the completion of the CPS. 2.6.2 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which a minimum of two (2) wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those

removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Green CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D 11.1.2.10. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.6.3 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Race 1: Lap 5 and lap 22 Race 2 & 3: Lap 5 and Lap 14 2.6.4 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.6.5 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.6.6 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS.

2.6.7 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a

further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.7 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.7.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the

AOM. 2.7.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.8 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.8.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.8.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of

Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.9 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 8.4 (located on drivers left midway between turns 8 and 9) the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.10 PODIUM PRESENTATION

2.10.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.10.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.10.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the

television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to display these materials in these areas. . 2.11 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Wednesday 19 October.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1 2.12 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised in a Bulletin. 2.13 TENDER VEHICLES AVESCO will supply 3 tender vehicles of approximately 1 Tonne capacity that will be parked in Commodore Drive during the Meeting and will be available to Teams in an emergency to drive around to the Cypress Ave Truck Park. 2.14 RULE D 9.5 CASE A & B RESTARTS For the avoidance of doubt, please delete all of Rule D 9.5 for this Meeting and replace with

the following: D 9.5.1 In each case the Race will be restarted from the five (5) minute signal. The Pit Lane Exit will close at the three (3) minute signal. 2.15 RULE C 8.3.6 & C 8.11.5 C 8.3.6 For all Ford, and Holden Motor Sport engines, the maximum inlet valve diameter is 53.97mm (2.125 inches). C 8.11.5 All ECU sensors must remain identifiable and unmodified, except as required solely to facilitate mounting. 2.16 RULE D 14.4.3 14.4.3 For the VCS: 14.4.3.1 Series points will be awarded according to the tables contained in Schedule

D 2; 14.4.3.2 The aggregate point score achieved by each driver in a Round will become the VCS points for that Round. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 2.17 SCHEDULE C4 COMPLETE WHEEL SPECIFICATION Please insert the following wording below the diagram contained in Schedule C4: Please note that this drawing is a graphical representation of a typical wheel only to clearly demonstrate the dimensions contained in this Schedule C.4.

2.18 ITEMS NOT PERMITTED AT A MEETING The use of a chassis dyno by a Competitor or on a Competitor’s Car at a Meeting or during a Meeting is prohibited. In addition, no Competitor is permitted to have a chassis dyno in their possession anywhere within the venue at any Meeting. 2.19 RULE D 9.3.2 RACE RESTART – CASE B For this Meeting Rule D 9.3.2 is deleted and replaced with the following: D9.3.2 Other than the CPS requirements under Rule D 11.1, any Investigations, penalties that have been imposed but not served, penalties that may be

assessed and imposed as a result of any Investigation and Hearing and the race order at the end of the penultimate lap before the lap in which the signal to stop the race was given and the number of laps covered by each Driver, the original race will be deemed null and void. 2.20 RULE D 11.4.4 PIT LANE SPEED LIMIT 2.20.1 For this Meeting only, Pit Lane will be defined as the area between the 40 sign positioned at Pit Entry line and the 100 sign positioned at the opposite end of the V8

Supercar Pit Lane hoeckers. 2.20.2 The area between the 100 sign and the de-restriction sign at Pit Exit line will be a Travel Lane in which the maximum speed permitted is 100 km/h. 2.20.3 Except for Rules C8.12.3 and D11.4.4, all other Rules relating to Pit Lane must be complied with while in the Travel Lane. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 V8 SUPERCARS LICENSED TO THRILL LUNCHEON

Time: Wednesday October 19 12.30pm – 2.00pm Venue: Conrad Jupiters, Gold Coast Drivers: Jason Bright, Greg Ritter, Steven Richards, Paul Dumbrell, Alex Davison, Anthony Tratt, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Paul Morris, Paul Radisich. Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.2 SURFERS PARADISE DRIVER STREET PARADE Time: Wednesday October 19 5.00pm – 6.00pm Venue: Surfers Paradise. Meeting Location will be distributed closer to the date. Drivers:

Compulsory for ALL V8 Supercar Drivers. No team or sponsor promotional personnel or material will be allowed in the vehicles. Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.3 MANOS VB V8 SUPERLUNCH – GOLD COAST CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL FUNDRAISER Time: Thursday October 20 12.00pm – 2.00pm Venue: Mano’s Restaurant, Main Beach Drivers: Steven Johnson, Glenn Seton, Garth Tander, Rick Kelly, Craig Baird, David Besnard, Matthew White, Max Wilson. *As well as 2005 Super Cheap Auto 1000 winners

Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.4 PREMIER’S OFFICIAL LEXMARK INDY 300 WELCOME RECEPTION Time: Thursday October 20 6.00pm – 8.00pm Venue: Conrad Jupiters, Gold Coast Drivers: Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly, Marcos Ambrose, Russell Ingall Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.5 V8 SUPERCAR DRIVER AUTOGRAPH SESSION Time: Thursday October 20 11.00am – 11.30am Venue: Sea FM Stage in Bowl Area Drivers:

Craig Lowndes, Steve Ellery, Jason Richards, Jamie Whincup, Mark Winterbottom, Jason Bargwanna, Cameron McConville, Andrew Jones. Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.6 V8 SUPERCAR DRIVER AUTOGRAPH SESSION Time: Friday October 21 1.15pm – 1.45pm Venue: Sea FM Stage in Bowl Area Drivers: Marcos Ambrose, Russell Ingall, Jason Richards, Jamie Whincup, Craig Baird, David Besnard, Steven Richards, Paul Dumbrell, Steve Johnson, Glenn Seton,

Cameron McConville, Andrew Jones, Steve Ellery, Craig Lowndes, Anthony Tratt, Alex Davison. Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 3.7 V8 SUPERCAR DRIVER AUTOGRAPH SESSION Time: Saturday October 22 12.30pm – 1.00pm Venue: Sea FM Stage Area in Bowl Area Drivers: Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly, Greg Ritter, Jason Bright, Jason Bargwanna, Mark

Winterbottom, Rick Kelly, Garth Tander, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Greg Murphy, Paul Weel, Paul Morris, Paul Radisich, Matthew White, Max Wilson Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.8 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Circuit Media Centre 3.8.1 Friday 21 October – (Top 5) Immediately following Shootout 3.8.2 Saturday 22 October – (Top 3) Immediately following Race 1 3.8.3 Sunday 23 October – (Top 3) Immediately following Race 3 NOTE: Other Drivers may be required during these Media Conferences.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.1.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.1.1.2 Saturday 1000 – 1700 4.1.1.3 Sunday 0800 – After V8 Supercar Race 3 4.2 CYPRESS AVE TRUCK PARK AREA This area is for the parking of Team transporters only. No structures will be permitted to be

erected unless approved by the organisers. Transporter access to this area will only be permitted after unloading in Pit Lane and receiving approval from the AOM to park. The Promoter provides general security to the Truck Park area (including nightly patrols with dogs), however each Competitor is responsible for the security of the Competitor’s property at all times. 4.3 CORPORATE CATERING PROHIBITION: Competitors are reminded that they are responsible for notifying sponsors and other

associated persons or groups, that corporate type hospitality arrangements are prohibited from the paddock and Teams catering area. 4.4 ADMINISTRATION BUILDINGS To better administer the V8 Supercars, the Secretary of the Meeting, Stewards, IPO and Race Directors offices have been located adjacent to the AVESCO B-Double Transporter. 4.5 PROMOTION PERSONNEL Competitors are advised that NO promotional personnel or signage will gain access to the grid prior to practice, qualifying or racing without written authority of the Promoter.

4.6 POWER SUPPLY 4.6.1 The Organisers will provide 240 volt mains power to each competing Team in the Cypress Ave Truck Park. 4.6.1 The Organisers will provide 240 volts mains power, and timing feed to each Team Pit Lane hoecker. 4.7 MERCHANDISING REQUIREMENTS The sale of all or any merchandising items, or promotional items is prohibited unless licensed approval is provided by Gold Coast Motor Events Co. For all enquires with regards to selling or promoting your merchandise you MUST contact Joel Hey on (07) 5588 6839.

4.8 SPONSOR ACCESS TO V8 SUPERCAR PIT GARAGES Access to the V8 Supercar Pit Garages will only be for those wearing AVESCO hard cards. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 20 October 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0840 0900 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0915 0945 V8 Utes 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1000 1030

Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 15 minutes 1045 1105 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 1100 1130 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1120 1145 Aussie Race Cars 25 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1200 1220 V8 Utes 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1235 1300 Carrera Cup 25 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1315 1335 Entertainment Session 20 minutes

20 minutes 1355 1415 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 1 20 minutes 1435 1455 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1510 1520 Entertainment Session 10 minutes 15 minutes 1535 1605 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Race 1 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 1620 1720 Champ Cars 60 minutes On Track Orientation V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 21 October 2005 Start Finish Category

Duration Session 0820 0840 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 2 20 minutes 0900 0935 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 25 minutes 1000 1115 Champ Cars 75 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1125 1155 Pace Car Session 30 minutes 15 minutes 1210 1245 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1300 1330 Pace Car Session 30 minutes 1315 1345 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1345 1445 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1510 1530 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying

Lower 50% 5 minutes 1535 1555 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% 15 minutes 1610 1650 V8 Supercars 40 minutes Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1700 1730 Entertainment Session 30 minutes 1800 V8 Supercars Competitor & Drivers Briefing 30 minutes 1800 1820 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1835 1855 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1905 1945 Entertainment Session 40 minutes 15 minutes 2000 2020 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 2

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 13 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 22 October 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0820 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 0820 0840 Promoters Session 20 minutes 10 minutes 0850 0910 VB Challenge 20 minutes 15 minutes 0925 1000 Pace Cars 35 minutes 15 minutes 1015 1115 Champ Cars 60 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1130 1150 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 1205

1225 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1230 1300 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 1235 1250 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 10 minutes 1300 1330 Pace Cars 30 minutes 15 minutes 1345 1445 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 2 50 minutes 1535 1650 V8 Supercars 140km Race 1 End Race V8 Supercars Media Conference V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 14 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 23 October 2005

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0820 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 0800 0820 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 0830 0900 Pace Cars 30 minutes 15 minutes 0915 0945 Champ Cars 30 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1050 1150 V8 Supercars 100km Race 2 10 minutes 1200 1220 Pace Cars 20 minutes 1220 1305 Pre Race Entertainment 45 minutes 10 minutes 1315 1500 Lexmark Indy 300 57 laps Race 45 minutes 1545 1645 V8 Supercars 100 km

Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference John Jones Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 15 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO ATTACHMENT A Car Entrant 1 Stone Brothers Racing Pty Ltd 2 Skaife Sports Pty Ltd 3 Tasman Motorsport Pty Ltd 5 Prodrive Racing (Australia) Pty Ltd 6 Prodrive Racing (Australia) Pty Ltd 7 Rod Nash Racing Pty Ltd

8 WPS Racing Pty Ltd 9 Stone Brothers Racing Pty Ltd 10 M-Tek Pty Ltd 11 Paramount Motorsport Pty Ltd 12 Brad Jones Racing Pty Ltd 15 Motorsport Holdings Pty Ltd 16 Motorsport Holdings Pty Ltd 17 Vendace Pty Ltd 18 Vendace Pty Ltd 20 M-Tek Pty Ltd 21 Brad Jones Racing Pty Ltd 021 Team Kiwi Racing 22 Skaife Sports Pty Ltd 23 Tasman Motorsport Pty Ltd 24 Paramount Motorsport Pty Ltd 33 Garry Rogers Motorsport 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport 45 Longhurst Racing Pty Ltd 48 WPS Racing Pty Ltd

50 PWR Racing Pty Ltd 51 PWR Racing Pty Ltd 52 Britek Motorsport Pty Ltd 67 NEMO Racing Pty Ltd 75 Paul Little Racing Pty Ltd 88 Triple Eight Race Engineering 888 Triple Eight Race Engineering

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 11 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/2310/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 Lexmark Indy 300” (“the Meeting”), which will also comprise Round 11 of the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series - the Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge, and will be held at the Surfers Paradise Street Circuit on 20 - 23 October 2005. 2. PROMOTER & ORGANISER The Promoter and Organiser of the Event is the Gold Coast Motor Events Co.

3. ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0700 on Wednesday 19 October and must have left the Circuit by 1600 on Monday 24 October. No access to the Circuit is permitted prior to Wednesday 19 October. Transporters will be brought in a predetermined order to unload in Pit Lane and then will be directed to park in the Cypress Ave Truck Park. The AOM will distribute a schedule to all Teams under separate cover. 4. Rule D 14.4.3 14.4.3 For the VCS: 14.4.3.1 Series points will be awarded according to the tables contained in

Schedule D 2; 14.4.3.2 The aggregate point score achieved by each driver in a Round will become the VCS points for that Round. 5. SCHEDULE C4 COMPLETE WHEEL SPECIFICATION Please insert the following wording below the diagram contained in Schedule C4: Please note that this drawing is a graphical representation of a typical wheel only to clearly demonstrate the dimensions contained in this Schedule C.4. 6. SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS 3.1, 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 Please delete Supplementary Regulations 3.1, 3.3, 3.6 and 3.7 and replace with the following:

3.1 V8 SUPERCARS LICENSED TO THRILL LUNCHEON Time: Wednesday October 19 12.30pm – 2.00pm Venue: Conrad Jupiters, Gold Coast Drivers: Jason Bright, Greg Ritter, Steven Richards, Paul Dumbrell, Alex Davison, Anthony Tratt, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Paul Morris, Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO

3.3 MANOS VB V8 SUPERLUNCH – GOLD COAST CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL FUNDRAISER Time: Thursday October 20 12.00pm – 2.00pm Venue: Mano’s Restaurant, Main Beach Drivers: Steven Johnson, Glenn Seton, Garth Tander, Rick Kelly, Craig Baird, Matthew White, Max Wilson, Todd Kelly Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.6 V8 SUPERCAR DRIVER AUTOGRAPH SESSION Time: Friday October 21 1.15pm – 1.45pm Venue: Sea FM Stage in Bowl Area Drivers: Marcos Ambrose, Russell Ingall, Craig Baird, David Besnard, Steven Richards,

Paul Dumbrell, Steve Johnson, Glenn Seton, Cameron McConville, Andrew Jones, Steve Ellery, Craig Lowndes, Alex Davison. Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.7 V8 SUPERCAR DRIVER AUTOGRAPH SESSION Time: Saturday October 22 12.30pm – 1.00pm Venue: Sea FM Stage Area in Bowl Area Drivers: Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly, Greg Ritter, Jason Bright, Jason Bargwanna, Mark Winterbottom, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Greg Murphy, Paul Weel, Paul Morris, Paul Radisich, Max Wilson

Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.9 LEXMARK INDY 300 BALL Time: Friday October 21 7.00pm – 9.30pm Venue: Conrad Jupiters Gold Coast Drivers: Jason Richards, Jamie Whincup, Anthony Tratt, Rick Kelly, Garth Tander, Matthew White. Note: Drivers are invited to bring a guest at no additional cost Attire: Team Uniform must be worn. Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 7. Chapter 5 – MEETING PROGRAM Please delete Chapter 5 of the Supplementary Regulations – Meeting Program, and

replace with the following. V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 20 October 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0840 0900 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0915 0945 V8 Utes 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1000 1030 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours

Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 15 minutes 1045 1115 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 1100 1130 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1130 1155 Aussie Race Cars 25 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1210 1230 V8 Utes 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1245 1310 Carrera Cup 25 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1325 1345 Speed Comparison 20 minutes 15 minutes 1400 1420 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1435 1455 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes

1510 1530 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1545 1615 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Race 1 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 1635 1735 Champ Cars 60 minutes On Track Orientation 5.2 Friday 21 October 2005 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO Start Finish Category Duration Session 0820 0840 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 2 20 minutes 0900 0935 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1

25 minutes 1000 1115 Champ Cars 75 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1125 1155 Pace Car Session 30 minutes 15 minutes 1210 1245 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1300 1330 Pace Car Session 30 minutes 1315 1345 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Autograph Session 15 minutes 1345 1445 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1510 1530 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1535 1555 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% 15 minutes 1610 1650 V8 Supercars

40 minutes Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1700 1715 Network Ten Session 15 minutes 1715 1730 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 1800 V8 Supercars Competitor & Drivers Briefing 30 minutes 1800 1820 Entertainment Session 20 minutes 15 minutes 1835 1855 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1905 1945 Entertainment Session 40 minutes 15 minutes 2000 2020 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 2 5.3 Saturday 22 October 2005 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 4

V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0820 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 0820 0840 Promoters Session 20 minutes 10 minutes 0850 0915 VB Challenge 25 minutes 15 minutes 0930 1000 Pace Cars 30 minutes 15 minutes 1015 1115 Champ Cars 60 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1130 1150 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 3 15 minutes 1205 1225 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1230 1300 V8 Supercars

30 minutes Autograph Session 1235 1250 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 10 minutes 1300 1330 Pace Cars 30 minutes 15 minutes 1345 1445 Champ Cars 60 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1455 1540 Pre Race Entertainment 45 minutes Drivers Parade 1540 V8 Supercars 31 laps Race 1 End Race V8 Supercars Media Conference V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 23 October 2005 Start Finish Category

Duration Session 0815 0835 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 0815 0835 VB Challenge 20 minutes 10 minutes 0845 0915 Pace Cars 30 minutes 15 minutes 0930 1000 Champ Cars 30 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 1015 1035 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1105 V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1205 1225 Pace Cars 20 minutes 1225 1315 Pre Race Entertainment 50 minutes 10 minutes 1325 1510 Lexmark Indy 300 57 laps Race 45 minutes 1555 V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars

15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference John Jones Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Gillette V8 Supercar Challenge © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 8 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/1408/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 8, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Oran Park Raceway, NSW on 12 - 14 August 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Oran Park Special Events Pty. Ltd. Cobbitty Road, Narellan, NSW, 2567

Tel: (02) 4646 1004 Fax: (02) 4646 1674 1.3.2 Organiser: Oran Park Special Events Pty. Ltd. Cobbitty Road, Narellan, NSW, 2567 Tel: (02) 4646 1004 Fax: (02) 4646 1674 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Jeff Boulous, Di Missingham, Kim McClelland, Shayne Johnson 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Peter Zylstra 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer:

Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Jeffrey Boulous 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Ron Chisholm 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Tim Schenken, Colin Bond, Alex Harkness, David Miller, Merv Rixon (2) Finish: Alex Harkness, Merv Rixon (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be advised in a Bulletin V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO (4) Noise: Merv Rixon (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Kurt Sakzewski, Peter Forshaw, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Peter Forshaw 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.62 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 34 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the office of the Race Control Tower. 1.4.4 Stewards Office:

Located on the Ground Floor of the Race Control Tower 1.4.5 IPO Office: Located on the First Floor of the Race Control Tower 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Thursday 11 August 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be two (2) Races of 54 laps each including one Compulsory Pit Stop in each Race. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (previously titled C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 1500 on Thursday 11 August to set up in the paddock area. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice. 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting.

1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Friday 12 August at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock Area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in

Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1600 and 1630 on Saturday 13 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 12 August at the AVESCO Transporter.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 12 August and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 12 August in the AVESCO Corporate Suite above the Pit Lane Garages. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Saturday 13 August in the AVESCO Corporate Suite above the Pit Lane Garages. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant

briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3. PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a Practice session on Saturday 13 August for V8 Supercars conducted between 0900 and 1100. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 40 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions per additional lap for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies.

2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the

fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit

entry lane. 2.5.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session.

2.5.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit at the relevant time, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.11 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be

impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 At the commencement of each Race, the green CPS light must be illuminated and

must remain illuminated until the completion of the CPS. 2.7.2 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which a minimum of two (2) V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Green CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D

11.1.2.10. 2.7.3 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Races 1 & 2: lap 5 and lap 37 2.7.4 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.5 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be

deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.6 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7.7 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps

the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and

RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars

“paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.9.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.9.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be

displayed from Flag Point 12.2 (located on driver’s right at the “dog leg”): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.11.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.11.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in

front of the Podium at any time. 2.11.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to

display these materials in these areas. . 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1700 on Thursday 11 August. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this Meeting will be advised in a Bulletin. 2.14 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact

Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during Races. 2.15 Rule D 11.5.10.1 Rule D11.5.10.1 will be replaced for this Meeting with the following: D11.5.10.1 With the exception of makeshift repair carried out on a Car in a safe place by the Driver alone with the means on board, any replenishment, maintenance work or repairs must be carried out in the Car’s Garage or Pit Bay. 2.16 TEGA ROOF VENTS The fitment of the TEGA Roof Vent as supplied by TEGA is mandatory for this Meeting. The

fitting of the TEGA Roof Vent must be in accordance with the instructions of the CTD. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre. 3.1.1 Saturday 13 August - (top 3) Immediately following Top 10 Shootout. 3.1.2 Sunday 14 August - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 2. 3.2 COMPULSORY PIT WALK (To be read in conjunction with Rule E2.8)

Teams must provide Tensa Barriers across the front of the garages in an even line down pit lane, table and chairs for drivers and ensure team personnel are present to maintain security of equipment and drivers during the walk. It is advised that for autograph signing purposes a second, smaller line of Tensa Barriers be placed on the outside of the perimeter and used for “in and out” lanes for the public. It is recommended a team member man each end of this lane to ensure flow of people, rather

than allowing people to surge around and towards drivers. To facilitate the prompt clearing of Pit Lane at the conclusion of the session, teams are to roll their cars back into the garage, remove drivers from pit lane and temporarily close the garage doors immediately once the session concludes. Schedule: 10 minutes prior: Teams begin setting up Tensa barriers, tables and chairs for drivers. Tensa barriers to be linked to adjacent team barriers to form one line down pit lane. Teams roll out cars at 45 degrees with

the nose pointing towards pit exit 5 minutes prior: Drivers to be seated for autographs Conclusion: Drivers removed from pit lane. Teams roll cars back into garage, drivers exit and garage doors to be closed. Security, Police and AVESCO clear pit lane V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of two wheeled vehicle (including bicycles, mini bikes and scooters of any

kind), or the use of rollerblades, roller skates or skate boards or similar within the Pit Lane and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways. 4.1.3 Barbeques are not to be used in the Paddock Area 4.1.4 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.3.1 Friday 1000 – 1700 4.1.3.2 Saturday 0800 – 1730 4.1.3.3 Sunday 0800 – After V8 Supercar Race 2

4.2 WASHING OF TRUCKS AND OTHER VEHICLES Teams are reminded to use the wash bays near the fuel bowser and near the lake to wash their vehicles, and not the fire hoses behind the pit garages. Teams will need to supply their own hoses and wash gear. This is the only place where vehicles of any type can be washed due to the current NSW water restrictions. HEAVY FINES APPLY. 4.3 TRAFFIC PLAN 4.3.1 All Competitors and associates may enter the Circuit via Oran Park Road. 4.3.2 Unless advised otherwise by the OM, No Team Transporters are permitted to leave

the circuit precinct before 1900hrs on Sunday 14 August in accordance with the instructions of New South Wales Police. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Friday 12 August 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Performance Cars 20 min Practice 10 min 0930 0950 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 min Practice 10 min 1000 1020 Carrera Cup 20 min Practice 1000 1600 V8 Supercars

6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 10 mins 1030 1050 Formula Ford 20 mins Practice 10 mins 1100 1120 Aussie Race Cars 20 mins Practice 10 mins 1130 1150 Performance Cars 20 mins Practice 10 mins 1200 1220 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1230 1250 Formula Ford 20 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1300 1320 Aussie Race Cars 20 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1330 1350 Carrera Cup 20 mins Practice 10 mins 1400 1420

Lotus Exige Trophy 20 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1430 1450 Performance Cars 20 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1500 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 10 mins 1500 1520 Formula Ford 20 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1530 1550 Carrera Cup 20 mins Meeting Rides 1600 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 1615 1635 Performance Cars / Lotus Exige Trophy 20 mins Meeting Rides V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 13 August 2005

Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Safety Car Rides 20 mins 10 mins 0900 1100 V8 Supercar 2 hours Practice 15 mins 1110 1130 Carrera Cup 20 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1140 1150 Aussie Race Cars 7 laps Race 1 15 mins 1200 1220 Performance Cars 15 laps Race 1 10 mins 1230 1245 VB Challenge 15 mins 10 mins 1255 1315 Carrera Cup 14 laps Race 1 15 mins 1330 1350 V8 Supercars 20 mins Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1355 1415 V8 Supercars 20 mins Qualifying Upper 50% 15 mins

1430 1500 V8 Supercars 30 mins Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 mins 1510 1530 Lotus Exige Trophy 15 laps Race 1 10 mins 1540 1550 Aussie Race Cars 7 laps Race 2 10 mins 1600 1630 V8 Supercars 30 mins Meeting Rides 10 mins 1640 1700 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 1 1730 V8 Supercar Drivers and Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 14 August 2005 Start

Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Safety Car Rides 20 mins 10 mins 0900 0915 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 2 0915 0945 V8 Supercars 30 mins Pit Walk 5 mins 0950 1010 Performance Cars 15 laps Race 2 10 mins 1020 1040 Carrera Cup 14 laps Race 2 10 mins 1050 1110 Lotus Exige Trophy 15 laps Race 2 10 mins 1120 1130 Aussie Race Cars 7 laps Race 3 30 mins 1200 V8 Supercars 54 laps Race 1 10 mins 1315 1330 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 3 10 mins 1340 1400 Performance Cars 15 laps Race 3

5 mins 1405 1420 VB Challenge 15 mins 5 mins 1425 1445 Carrera Cup 14 laps Race 3 30 mins 1515 V8 Supercars 54 laps Race 2 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 mins 1640 1655 Lotus Trophy 11 laps Race 3 10 mins 1705 1715 Aussie Race Cars 11 laps Race 4 Jeffrey Boulous Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 8 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/1408/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. Supplementary Regulation 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams that enter the circuit prior to the time specified in Supplementary Regulation 1.8.1 for the purpose of Truck washing only are not considered to have breached this Rule, however no Teams will be permitted to enter the Paddock Area prior to 1500 on Thursday 11 August. 2. Supplementary Regulation 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION & MEDIA CONFERENCES

Please delete Supplementary Regulation 2.11.1and 2.11.2 and replace with the following: 2.11.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation or during any Media Conference. 2.11.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium or during a Media Conference at any time. 3. Chapter 5 – MEETING PROGRAM Please replace Chapter 5 of the Supplementary Regulations – Meeting Program, with

the revised Sunday program attached. . V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 - MEETING PROGRAM 5.3 Sunday 14 August 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0830 0850 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 10 minutes 0900 0920 Lotus Exige Trophy 15 laps Race 2 0920 0950 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Pit Walk 5 minutes 1000 1020 Performance Cars 15 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1030 1050 WPS Carrera Cup 14 laps Race 2 10 minutes

1100 1115 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1125 1135 Aussie Race Cars 7 laps Race 3 30 minutes 1205 V8 Supercars 54 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1320 1340 Lotus Exige Trophy 15 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1340 1350 Aussie Racing Cars 7 laps Race 4 5 minutes 1355 1410 VB Challenge 15 minutes 5 minutes 1415 1435 WPS Carrera Cup 14 laps Race 3 30 minutes 1505 V8 Supercars 54 laps Race 2 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes

1630 1645 Formula Ford 11 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1655 1715 Performance Cars 15 laps Race 3 Jeffrey Boulous Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 8 Oran Park © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 3 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/0805/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 3, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Barbagallo Raceway, Wanneroo on 6-8 May 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: The W.A. Sporting Car Club Incorporated Wattle Avenue (off Pinjar Road), NEERABUP, WA, 6031

P.O. Box 267, WANNEROO, WA, 6946 Telephone: (08) 9306 8022 Facsimile: (08) 9306 8539 1.3.2 Organiser: The W.A. Sporting Car Club Incorporated Wattle Avenue (off Pinjar Road), NEERABUP, WA, 6031 P.O. Box 267, WANNEROO, WA, 6946 Telephone: (08) 9306 8022 Facsimile: (08) 9306 8539 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Adrian Chambers, John Hurney, Rob Janney, Raymond Shaw and David Walker. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Rod Pearson 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director:

Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Tony Manson 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: John Hurney 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: David Walker V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo

© AVESCO V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Trish Cross, Anita Fellowes, Frank Fellowes and Raymond Shaw (2) Finish: Raymond Shaw (3) Pit Lane Speed: Mike Pearson (4) Noise: Bill Johnson and John Bennett (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Tony Manson and Ray Robins (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Peter Forshaw 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.415 Kilometres

1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located in the foyer of the office of the Secretary of the Meeting. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located adjacent to the Scrutiny Bay. 1.4.6 IPO Office: TBA 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Thursday 5 May 2005, unless

exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 50 laps and two (2) Races of 58 laps each including one Compulsory Pit Stop in each Race. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (Driver,

previously titled C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the circuit between 0700 and 1900 from Wednesday 4 to Friday 6 May; between 0600 and 2100 on Saturday 7 May and 0500 and 2300 on Sunday 8 May. Teams and officials should access the circuit via Flynn Drive and Mather Drive throughout the Meeting. Please consult attached map. Reserved parking in the V8 Supercar Parking Area for team vehicles is on the western side of the

pit boundary fence. Space reserved until 0830 Saturday and 0800 on Sunday. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting. Vehicles displaying a V8 Supercar Paddock Transit Pass will be permitted to park in the V8 Supercar Paddock and access Pit Lane during V8 Supercar sessions.

1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the AOM in conjunction with the organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0800 on Friday 6 May at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in

Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1630 and 1700 on Friday 6 May. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 6 May at the AVESCO Transporter.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 6 May and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1300 on Friday 6 May in the WASCC Machinery Shed located in the Paddock area. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Friday 6 May in the WASCC Machinery Shed located in the Paddock area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant

briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO 2.3. PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 6 May for V8 Supercars conducted between 1330 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 50 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions

for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 The list of 32 eligible Cars entered for this Meeting is attached as Attachment 1. 2.4.2 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.3 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies.

2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the

fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit

entry lane. 2.5.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session.

2.5.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.11 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOT-OUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1,

unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which all four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.7.2 At the commencement of each Race, the green CPS light must be illuminated and must remain illuminated until the completion of the CPS.

2.7.3 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Race 1: lap 5 and lap 35 Race 2 & 3: lap 5 and lap 40 2.7.4 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.5 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit

before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.6 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7.7 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will change. The revised lap on which the window

opens will depend on the number of laps the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will be amended and any changes to the

previous advice will be notified on the LAN and RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars

“paired” together at this Meeting.) V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO 2.9 KERB INFRINGMENTS 2.9.1 During Practice Sessions 2.9.1.1 First adjudged breach – a warning. 2.9.1.2 Second adjudged breach – the loss of the fastest lap time recorded by the Car during the session. 2.9.1.3 Third and subsequent adjudged breaches – the loss of the next fastest time recorded by the Car and so on. 2.9.2 During Qualifying Sessions

2.9.2.1First adjudged breach – the loss of the fastest lap time recorded by the Car during that session. 2.9.2.2 Second and subsequent adjudged breaches – the loss of the next fastest time recorded by the Car and so on. 2.9.3 During a Race 2.9.3.1First adjudged breach – a warning. 2.9.3.2 Second and subsequent adjudged breaches – a Pit Lane Penalty 2.10 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.10.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.10.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 10 (on drivers right) the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.12 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.12.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as

supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.12.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. . 2.13 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 5 May. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1 2.14 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL

RMC for this meeting will be advised in a bulletin. 2.15 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during Races. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre. 3.1.1 Friday 6 May – (top 5) Immediately following Practice 1.

3.1.2 Saturday 7 May - (top 3) Immediately following Race 1. 3.1.3 Sunday 8 May - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 3. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of bicycles or the use of rollerblades or roller skates or skate boards or any other similar devices within the pit and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways.

4.1.3 The South Pit Entry Ramp is divided into three (3) lanes. The centre lane must be kept clear at all times to allow vehicles access to and from the race track. 4.1.4 The roads in the Paddock area are clearly marked with large yellow arrows, as well as a sign near the entry to the Paddock advising the direction of travel. All vehicles must travel in the direction indicated. 4.1.5 The provisions of Rule E2.3.3 will apply to both the garages in the paddock and to the shelter structures erected in pit lane. For the avoidance of doubt, unless the extremes

of weather provisions of Rule E2.3.3 are applied, teams will not be permitted to erect any walls, screens or partitions that block the public viewing through the pit lane shelters to the circuit. 4.1.6 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.6.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.1.6.2 Saturday 0800 – 1700 4.1.6.3 Sunday 0800 – After V8 Supercar Race 3 4.2 PRACTICE 4.2.1 All Cars must assemble at the South Ramp (pit entry) prior to each practice session.

4.2.2 Entry to the paddock from the race track & Pit Lane will at all times be by the North Ramp (pit exit). V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Friday 6 May 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercars Document Checking 0800 1300 V8 Supercars Scrutineering 0800 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 0845 0855 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 5 mins 0900 0920 Cup Car

20 mins Practice 1 10 mins 0930 0950 Formula Ford 20 mins Practice 1 10 mins 1000 1020 Historic Touring Car 20 mins Practice 1 10 mins 1030 1050 Lotus Exige 20 mins Practice 1 10 mins 1100 1120 Cup Car 20 mins Practice 2 5 mins 1125 1130 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 5 mins 5 mins 1135 1155 Formula Ford 20 mins Practice 2 10 mins 1205 1225 Historic Touring Car 20 mins Practice 2 5 min 1230 1235 SuperTruck Demonstration 5 mins 5 mins 1240 1300 Lotus Exige 20 mins Qualifying 1 1300 V8 Supercar

Team Managers Briefing 5 mins 1305 1315 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 15 mins 1330 1530 V8 Supercars 2 hours Practice 1 15 mins 1545 1615 Cup Car 30 mins Rides 15 mins 1630 1700 V8 Supercars 30 mins Rides 1730 V8 Supercars Driver and Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 7 May 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0810 0820 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 5 mins 0825

0840 Lotus Exige 15 mins Qualifying 2 10 mins 0850 0900 Historic Touring Car 15 mins Qualifying 1 5 mins 0910 0915 SuperTruck Demonstration 5 mins 5 mins 0920 0945 Cup Car 25 mins Qualifying 10 mins 0955 1015 Formula Ford 20 mins Qualifying 5 mins 1020 1030 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 15 mins 1045 1105 V8 Supercars 20 mins Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1110 1130 V8 Supercars 20 mins Qualifying Upper 50% 15 mins 1145 1215 V8 Supercars 30 mins Shoot Out 15 mins 1230 1245 Historic Touring Car

15 mins Qualifying 2 10 mins 1255 1310 Lotus Exige 15 laps Race 1 5 mins 1315 1320 SuperTruck Demonstration 5 mins 1320 1325 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 5 mins 5 mins 1330 1345 VB Challenge 15 mins 1345 1400 Safety Car Rides 15 mins 10 mins 1410 1425 Cup Car 20 laps Race 1 5 mins 1430 1440 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 15 mins 1455 National Anthem 1500 V8 Supercars 50 laps Race 1 15 mins 1605 1620 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 1 10 mins 1630 1645 Historic Touring Car 10 laps Race 1 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 8 May 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0820 0830 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 0830 0840 SuperTruck 10 mins Demonstration 10 mins 0850 0905 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 2 10 mins 0915 0930 Historic Touring Car 10 laps Race 2 5 mins 0935 0940 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 20 mins 0955 National Anthem 1000 V8 Supercars 58 laps Race 2 15 mins 1115 1130 Lotus Exige 15 laps Race 2 5 mins

1135 1140 SuperTruck 5 mins Demonstration 10 mins 1150 1205 Cup Car 20 laps Race 2 5 mins 1210 1225 VB Challenge 15 mins 1225 1240 Safety Car Rides 15 mins 10 mins 1250 1305 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 3 5 mins 1310 1315 Formula Ford 5 mins Presentations 1315 1325 Matt Mingay Stunt Team 10 mins 20 mins 1340 V8 Supercars 58 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 25 mins 1505 1540 WPS Carrera Car 30 laps Race 3

10 Min 1550 1605 Historic Touring Car 10 laps Race 3 10 mins 1615 1630 Lotus Exige 15 laps Race 3 John Hurney Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 3 Barbagallo © AVESCO ATTACHMENT 1 Car Number Team Name 1 Stone Brothers Racing Pty Ltd 2 Skaife Sports Pty Ltd 3 Tasman Motorsport Pty Ltd 5 Prodrive Racing (Australia) Pty Ltd 6 Prodrive Racing (Australia) Pty Ltd 7 Paramount Motorsport Pty Ltd 8 WPS Racing Pty Ltd

9 Stone Brothers Racing Pty Ltd 10 M-Tech Pty Ltd 11 Paramount Motorsport Pty Ltd 12 Brad Jones Racing Pty Ltd 15 Motorsport Holdings Pty Ltd 16 Motorsport Holdings Pty Ltd 17 Vendace Pty Ltd 18 Vendace Pty Ltd 20 M-Tech Pty Ltd 21 Brad Jones Racing Pty Ltd 021 Team Kiwi Racing Ltd 22 Skaife Sports Pty Ltd 23 Tasman Motorsport Pty Ltd 33 Garry Rogers Motorsport 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport 44 Team Dynamik Pty Ltd 45 Longhurst Racing Pty Ltd 48 WPS Racing Pty Ltd 50 PWR Racing Pty Ltd

51 PWR Racing Pty Ltd 52 Britek Motorsport Pty Ltd 67 Nemo Racing Pty Ltd 75 Paul Little Racing Pty Ltd 88 Triple Eight Race Engineering Australia Pty Ltd 888 Triple Eight Race Engineering Australia Pty Ltd

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 13 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/2711/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 BigPond Grand Finale” which will also comprise the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 13, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit, Phillip Island on 25-27 November 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS

1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS and the Phillip Island Standing Race Regulations (Issue 02/2003), which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting.

1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: AVESCO Events Pty Ltd P.O Box 607, Southport, QLD 4215 Telephone: (07) 5526 3564 Facsimile: (07) 5526 3461 1.3.2 Organiser: PI Operations Pty Ltd RMB 500GP, Cowes VIC 3922 Tel: (03) 5952 2710 Fax: (03) 5952 3160 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Fergus Cameron, Chris Cameron, Peter Nelson, Shane Howard, Sam Redfern 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Keith Morris 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken

1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Geoff Bull 1.3.12 Chief Medical Officer: Dr Carl Le 1.3.13 Clerk of Course: Henk Duncan 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Alf Pearce, Tony van den Dungen, Shane Bull

(2) Finish: Alf Pearce, Tony van den Dungen, Shane Bull V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (4) Noise: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Kurt Sakzewski, Vinnie Borgia, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson, Ross Haining (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Ross Haining 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.445 Kilometres

1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 34 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located on the Ground Floor on the Northern outside wall of the Race Control Tower 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on the first (1st) Floor of the Race Control Tower 1.4.6 IPO Office: Located in the Car Park immediately behind the Race Control Tower. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to

this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Thursday 24 November 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be three (3) Races, one (1) of 23 laps and two (2) of 32 laps each, including one Compulsory Pit Stop in each Race. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules.

1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (previously titled C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 1300 on Thursday 24 November. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.8.3 Trucks unable to fit the tunnel height clearance of 4M, must make special prior

arrangements with the circuit on (03) 59522710 to enter through gate 3A on Gap Road, with access possible only prior to commencement of track activity each day. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice. 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting. 1.10.5 Driver’s will be supplied two (2) Guest Passes for this Meeting. These will be available

from the Accreditation Office which is located adjacent to Gate 1. 1.11 TEAM PARKING The VIP/Teams Car Park (V8 Supercar Car Park) is located in the Paddock area immediately behind the Fuel Compound. Access is via Gate 1 and through the Tunnel. See the attached circuit map. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0730 on Friday 25 November at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see

Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5. 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1605 and 1635 on Friday 25 November. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1

DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0730 and 1230 on Friday 25 November at the AVESCO Transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0730 and 1230 on Friday 25 November and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1130 on Friday 25

November in the AVESCO Corporate Facility located on the Pit Lane Roof. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1715 on Friday 25 November in the AVESCO Corporate Facility located on the Pit Lane Roof. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island

© AVESCO 2.3 PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a Practice Session on Friday 25 November for V8 Supercars conducted between 1300 and 1500. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 30 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised two (2) grid positions per additional lap for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.4 QUALIFYING

2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; subject to Rule D 5.1. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise

determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.4 From the time that the car is Parked in Pit Lane in accordance with Rule D11.4.11.2, it will not be permitted to work on the Car until the Car has cleared all scrutineering

checks and been released by the CTD except with the express permission of the CTD. 2.5.5 Any Car that does not comply with 2.5.3 above, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the Shootout. 2.5.6 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.7 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must

reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.8 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.9 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.10 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled s

start time of the session. 2.5.11 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.12 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit at the relevant time, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.5.13 A Driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be

the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 At the commencement of all Races, the Green CPS light must be illuminated and must remain illuminated until the completion of the CPS. 2.7.2 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which a minimum of two (2) wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Green CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D

11.1.2.10. 2.7.3 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Race 1: lap 5 and lap 16 Races 2 & 3: lap 5 and lap 22 2.7.4 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.5 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit

before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.6 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7.7 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will

change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will

be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island

© AVESCO 2.8.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.9.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.9.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of

Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 11 (on drivers left) the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.11.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.11.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.11.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team

members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to display these materials in these areas. . 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 24 November. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised in a Bulletin. 2.14 RULE D 9.5 CASE A & B RESTARTS

For this Meeting Rule D9.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: D 9.5.1 In each case the Race will be restarted from the five (5) minute signal. The Pit Lane Exit will close at the three (3) minute signal. 2.15 RULE C 8.3.6 For all Ford, and Holden Motor Sport engines, the maximum inlet valve diameter is 53.97mm (2.125 inches). V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO 2.16 ITEMS NOT PERMITTED AT A MEETING

The use of a chassis dyno by a Competitor or on a Competitor’s Car at a Meeting or during a Meeting is prohibited. In addition, no Competitor is permitted to have a chassis dyno in their possession anywhere within the venue at any Meeting. 2.17 Rule D 14.4.3 14.4.3 For the VCS: 14.4.3.1 Series points will be awarded according to the tables contained in Schedule D 2; 14.4.3.2 The aggregate point score achieved by each driver in a Round will become the VCS points for that Round.

2.18 SCHEDULE C4 COMPLETE WHEEL SPECIFICATION Please insert the following wording below the diagram contained in Schedule C4: Please note that this drawing is a graphical representation of a typical wheel only to clearly demonstrate the dimensions contained in this Schedule C.4. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre.

3.1.1 Friday 25 November – (top 5) Immediately following Practice. 3.1.2 Saturday 26 November - (top 3) Immediately following Race 1. 3.1.3 Sunday 27 November - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 3, plus 2005 VCS Champion Driver 3.2 COMPULSORY PIT WALK (To be read in conjunction with Rule E2.8) 3.2.1 Date: Sunday 27 November 3.2.2 Time: 0940 - 1025 3.2.3 Teams must provide Tensa Barriers across the front of the garages in an even line down pit lane, table and chairs for drivers and ensure team personnel are present to

maintain security of equipment and drivers during the walk. It is advised that for autograph signing purposes a second, smaller line of Tensa Barriers be placed on the outside of the perimeter and used for “in and out” lanes for the public. It is recommended a team member man each end of this lane to ensure flow of people, rather than allowing people to surge around and towards drivers. To facilitate the prompt clearing of Pit Lane at the conclusion of the session, teams are

to roll their cars back into the garage, remove drivers from pit lane and temporarily close the garage doors immediately once the session concludes. Schedule: 10 minutes prior: Teams begin setting up Tensa barriers, tables and chairs for drivers. Tensa barriers to be linked to adjacent team barriers to form one line down pit lane. Teams roll out cars at 45 degrees with the nose pointing towards pit exit 5 minutes prior: Drivers to be seated for autographs Conclusion: Drivers removed from pit lane. Teams roll cars back into garage,

drivers exit and garage doors to be closed. Security, Police and AVESCO clear pit lane CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of bicycles, motorcycles or the use of rollerblades or roller skates or skate boards or any other similar devices within the Pit and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways. 4.1.3 The roads in the Paddock area are clearly marked with large white line markings, as

well as a sign near the entry to the Paddock advising the direction of travel. All vehicles must travel in the direction indicated. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO 4.1.4 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.4.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.1.4.2 Saturday 0800 – 1700 4.1.4.3 Sunday 0800 – After V8 Supercar Race 3 4.2 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacles provided. Oil must not be tipped into

rubbish bins or onto the ground. 4.3 LEAVING THE CIRCUIT: Unless advised otherwise by the OM, No Team Transporters are permitted to leave the circuit precinct before 1900hrs on Sunday 27 November in accordance with the instructions of Victorian Police. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 24 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars

6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 HPDC V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 25 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0730 1230 V8 Supercars Scrutineering 0730 1230 V8 Supercars Document Check 0800 V8 Supercars

Tyre Selection 0905 0940 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0950 1010 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1015 1035 Lotus Trophy 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1040 1100 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1105 1125 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1130 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 1140 1215 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1225 1245 Lotus Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1300 1500 V8 Supercars 30 laps

Practice After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1515 1535 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1540 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying After Qualifying HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1605 1635 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1640 1700 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Meeting Rides 1715 V8 Supercars and HPDC V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11

V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 26 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0935 0955 Lotus Trophy 10 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1010 1030 GT Performance 11 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1045 1105 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1110 1130 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 15 minutes 1145 1215 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out 15 minutes 1230

1250 Carrera Cup 12 laps Race 1 25 minutes 1315 HPDC V8 Supercars 19 laps Race 1 After Race HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1350 1405 VB Challenge 15 minutes 1350 1405 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 1415 1435 Lotus Trophy 10 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1450 1510 Carrera Cup 12 laps Race 2 30 minutes 1540 V8 Supercars 23 laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1640 1700 GT Performance 11 laps Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 27 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0910 0930 GT Performance 11 laps Race 3 10 minutes 0940 1025 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Pit Walk 15 minutes 1040 1100 Carrera Cup 12 laps Race 3 45 minutes 1145 V8 Supercars 32 laps Race 2 30 minutes 1320 HPDC V8 Supercars 19 laps Race 2 Race End HPDC V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference

5 minutes 1410 1425 VB Challenge 15 minutes 1410 1425 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 1435 1455 Lotus Trophy 10 laps Race 3 30 minutes 1525 V8 Supercars 32 laps Race 3 After Race V8 Supercars 30 minutes Podium After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference Geoff Bull Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 13 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 13 Phillip Island © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 7 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/2407/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 7, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Queensland Raceway on 22 – 24 July 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Willowbank Race Circuit Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 100, Amberley, Queensland, 4306

Phone: (07) 5461 9100; Fax: (07) 5461 9111 1.3.2 Organiser: Willowbank Race Circuit Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 100, Amberley, Queensland, 4306 Phone: (07) 5461 9100; Fax: (07) 5461 9111 1.3.3 Organising Committee: John Jones, Margo Jones, John Tetley 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Keith Morris 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond

1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Margo Jones 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: John Jones 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Graham Castledine, Bob Wilkinson, Phillip Miller & Susie Lofgren. (2) Finish: Graham Castledine, Bob Wilkinson, Phillip Miller & Susie Lofgren. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO

(3) Pit Lane Speed: Jason Hole, Mark Burke, Peter Goodacre (4) Noise: Geoff Blaine (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Kurt Sakzewski, Vinnie Borgia, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson, Peter Forshaw (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Peter Forshaw 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 3.12 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 34 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located outside the office of the Secretary of the Meeting, situated in the demountable building adjacent to the Race Control Tower.

1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on the 1st Floor of the Race Control Tower. 1.4.6 IPO Office: Located in the demountable building opposite the Main Entrance to the Race Control Tower. 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Thursday 21 July 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one 1 Race of 90 laps including Two Compulsory Pit Stops. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (previously titled C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT

1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 1000 Thursday 21 July. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.8.3 Teams vehicles, Race Transporters and Competitors are permitted to enter the Circuit through Champions Way. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION 1.9.1 Pit Lane Carports and Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars. 1.9.2 Allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in

conjunction with the Organisers. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass.

1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice. 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING The VIP/Teams Car Park (V8 Supercar Car Park) is in the Car Parking Area located behind the Paddock. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0800 on Friday 22 July at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see

Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5. 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1645 and 1715 on Friday 22 July. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING

2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 22 July at the AVESCO Transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 22 July and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1200 on Friday 22 July in the AVESCO Corporate Facility located on Corporate Hill.

2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Saturday 23 July in the AVESCO Corporate Facility located on Corporate Hill. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.3. PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 22 July for V8 Supercars conducted

between 1330 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 40 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions per additional lap for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.

2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve

the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be

shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the

appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.5.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit at the relevant time, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.11 A Driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be

the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane

Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 At the commencement of the Race, both the Green and the Yellow CPS Lights must be illuminated and must remain illuminated until the completion of the relevant CPS. 2.7.2 During the Race there will be two (2) CPS’s for each Car. 2.7.3 At one of these CPS’s a minimum of two (2) wheels/tyres must be changed; the

replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Green CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D 11.1.2.10. Refuelling is strictly forbidden during this CPS. 2.7.4 At the other CPS, each Car must be refuelled. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Yellow CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D 11.1.2.10. It is strictly forbidden to change any wheels / tyres during this CPS.

2.7.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Lap 5 and lap 65 2.7.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.7 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be

deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.8 Competitor are reminded that at any Pit Stop at which a Car is refuelled, R D11.9 will apply and must be obeyed. 2.7.9 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps

the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and

RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars

“paired” together at this Meeting.) V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.9 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.9.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.9.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP.

2.10 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS 2.10.1 The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the ‘Warm Up’ on Sunday 24 July and the Race on Sunday 24 July 2005. During these times, the requirements of D21.3.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane. 2.10.2 In addition to the requirements of Supplementary Regulation 2.10.1, it is permitted to use a refuelling tower, solely for the purpose of checking compliance of a Car with Rule C 16.1.6. The Car, the refuelling tower and the TEGA fuel tank capacity checking

vessel must be located within the Team’s garage for the duration of this checking procedure. 2.11 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 2b (located on Drivers left on the back straight): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.12 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.12.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.12.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.12.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team

members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to display these materials in these areas. . 2.13 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 21 July. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1 2.14 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised in a bulletin. 2.15 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact

Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during the Race. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 2.16 Rule D 11.5.10.1 Rule D11.5.10.1 will be replaced for this Meeting with the following: D11.5.10.1 With the exception of makeshift repair carried out on a Car in a safe place by the Driver alone with the means on board, any replenishment, maintenance work or repairs must be carried out in the Car’s Garage or Pit Bay.

2.17 TEGA ROOF VENTS The fitment of the TEGA Roof Vent as supplied by TEGA is mandatory for this Meeting. The fitting of the TEGA Roof Vent must be in accordance with the instructions of the CTD. 2.18 RULE A 2.2 Please find the following additional definitions that form part of Rule A 2.2. Authorised Representative means the person as defined in Rule A 8.2. Team Manager means the Authorised Representative as defined in Rule A8.2. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7

V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre. 3.1.1 Friday 22 July – (top 5) Immediately following Practice. 3.1.2 Saturday 23 July - (top 3) Immediately following Shootout. 3.1.3 Sunday 24 July - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race. 3.2 SNICKERS PIT STOP CHALLENGE Round 2 of the Snickers Pit Stop Challenge will take place at this Meeting between 0730 and

0830 on Saturday 23 July. The schedule of competing Cars will be advised under separate cover prior to the Meeting. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of two wheeled vehicle (including bicycles, mini bikes and scooters of any kind), or the use of rollerblades, roller skates or skate boards or similar within the Pit Lane and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses

the roads and footways. 4.1.3 No tent pegs or other devices are to be driven into bitumen surfaces 4.1.4 Space in the paddock is very limited and the area of the Paddock east from the edge of the grassed area behind the Paddock garages is reserved for support teams only. 4.1.5 No permanent markings are to be placed in the paddock / garage walls or flooring. 4.1.6 Drilling of holes in any building is forbidden; for the attachment of any signage please use tape “Blutack” or brackets provided.

4.1.7 No barbeques are permitted in any garages. 4.2 EVENT OPERATING HOURS The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.2.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.2.2 Saturday 0800 – 1700 4.2.3 Sunday 0800 – After the V8 Supercar Race 4.3 TRAFFIC PLAN 4.3.1 All Competitors and associates may enter the Circuit via Champions Way. Alternative access is also available via Paynes Road entering the circuit through Gate “4” and following the internal Circuit road to the Paddock and Car Park.

4.3.2 All traffic on the internal circuit road is ONE WAY, in a clockwise direction. 4.3.3 Unless advised otherwise by the OM, No Team Transporters are permitted to leave the circuit precinct before 1900hrs on Sunday 24 July in accordance with the instructions of Queensland Police. 4.4 ACCOMODATION Staying overnight in the garages, carports or transporters is not permitted during the period of the Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO

4.5 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed into the waste oil receptacles provided. LOOK FOR THE SIGNS. Waste oil is not to be placed into rubbish bins, into drains nor onto the ground anywhere within the circuit. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 21 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600

HPDC V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 HPDC V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 5.2 Friday 22 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercars 5 hours Document Check 0800 1300 V8 Supercars 5 hours Scrutineering 0800 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection

0800 0820 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 1 5 minutes 0825 0845 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Practice1 15 minutes 0900 0935 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0945 1005 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1015 1035 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1050 1125 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1135 1155 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 2 5 minutes 1200 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 1200 1220 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes

Practice 2 15 minutes 1235 1255 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 Lower 50% 5 minutes 1300 1320 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 Upper 50% After Qualifying HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1330 1530 V8 Supercars 120 minutes Practice After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1535 1555 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1605 1635 HPDC V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1645 1715 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides

1730 HPDC V8 Supercars Drivers & Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 23 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 0730 0830 Snickers Pit Stop Challenge 60 minutes 30 minutes 0900 0920 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 0930 0950 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1000 1020 Safety & Course Car 20 minutes Rides 10 minutes 1030 1050 Formula Ford

20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1100 1120 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 30 minutes 1150 HPDC V8 Supercars 16 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1220 1235 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1245 1305 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1320 1340 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 Lower 50% 5 minutes 1345 1405 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 Upper 50% 15 minutes 1420 1450 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1500

1515 Aussie Race Cars 15 minutes Race1 30 minutes 1545 HPDC V8 Supercars 16 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1615 1635 Formula Ford 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1650 1710 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Race 1 1730 V8 Supercars Drivers & Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 24 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 0810 0825 Aussie Race Cars 15 minutes Race 2 5 minutes

0830 0850 Formula Ford 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 0900 0920 Safety & Course Car 20 minutes Rides 5 minutes 0925 0945 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 0955 1015 V8 Supercars 20 mins Warm Up 10 minutes 1025 1045 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1115 HPDC V8 Supercars 28 laps Race 3 Race End HPDC V8 Supercars Podium Presentation After Podium HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1210 1225 Aussie Race Cars 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1230 1245 VB Challenge

15 minutes 10 minutes 1255 1315 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1345 V8 Supercars 90 Laps Race Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1610 1630 Formula Ford 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1640 1700 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Race 3 Margo Jones Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 13 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 7 Queensland Raceway © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 9 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/1109/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the “Betta Electrical 500” (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”) which will also comprise Round 9 of the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series, and will be held at Sandown International Motor Raceway on 8-11 September, 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of the Confederation of Australian Motor Sport Ltd (CAMS) which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: IMG c/- Mr David Bennett,

P.O.Box 3007, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5588 6888. Facsimile: (07) 5588 6895 1.3.2 Organiser: Sandown International Motor Raceway c/- Mr. Jon Davison P.O. Box 123, Kew, Vic., 3101 Phone: (03) 9853 7266, Facsimile: (03) 9853 7697 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Jon Davison, Charles Davison, Prue Mietus, Wayne Giles, Jose van den Dungen, Simon Maas, Colin Smith, Ken Smith, Clive Horman, Daryl McHugh and David Bennett. 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards Steve Chopping (Chief) Peter Drew, & Terry Wade

1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Investigating and Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Wayne Giles 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: Jose Van den Dungen 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Tim Schenken, Colin Bond, Alf Pearce,

Eric Rubens, Geoff Bull, Jose Van den Dungen (2) Finish: Alf Pearce, Eric Rubens, Geoff Bull V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be advised in a Bulletin (4) Noise: To be advised in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalties: Vin Borgia, Kurt Sakzewski, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson & Ross Haining (6) Pit Lane Weigh Station: Carl Jacobs & Ross Haining 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS

1.4.1 Track Length: 3.1 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 34. 1.4.4 Control Line: Is adjacent to the start/finish line. 1.4.5 Notice Board: Located in the pedestrian walkway beside the Paddock Office. 1.4.6Stewards Office: Located in the Paddock immediately behind Race Control 1.4.7IPO Office: Located in the Paddock immediately behind Race Control 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the

Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 7 September 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACE 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one Race of 161 laps, and the chequered flag will be shown to the leading

Car as it crosses the Control line at the end of its 161st lap or the first time it crosses the Control line after 1645, whichever comes first, including two (2) Compulsory Pit Stops (CPS’s). 1.6.3 Other awards and conditions are those contained in the Rules. 1.6.4 The Meeting is an Endurance Round (D6.3, D8.2) 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (previously titled C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence.

1.8 ACCESS TO PADDOCK 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit between 1200 and 1700 on Wednesday 7 September and from 0800 Thursday 8 September. 1.8.2Set up of all Transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES)

1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice.

1.10.4 AVESCO Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised by the Organisers at this Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING The VIP / Teams Car Park (V8 Supercar Car Park) is located in the cordoned off area adjacent to the Credentials Office at Gate 3. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place on Thursday 8 September at 1000 at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock Area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see

Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1615 and 1645 on Friday 9 September. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING

2.1.1 Document Verification for all Competitors will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 8 September at the AVESCO Transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 8 September and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 8 September in the Vintage Room, located on the first Floor of the northern end of the grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear.

2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Saturday 10 September in the Vintage Room, located on the first Floor of the northern end of the grandstand. Entry is via the green walkway at the rear. 2.2.3 A Refuelling Safety Briefing will be conducted at 1630 on Saturday 10 September. The location of this Briefing will be advised in a Bulletin. The following Team personnel must attend: The refuelling hose operator; The fire extinguisher operator. Please Note: All Team personnel who attend this briefing may not be required to

attend refuelling safety briefings at subsequent events. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3. PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 9 September for V8 Supercars conducted between 1045 and 1245. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO

2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 50 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions per additional lap for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.3.4 Only Drivers contained in the Co-Driver List nominated by TEGA will be permitted to drive in the Co-Driver Practice session, Practice 2. 2.3.5 The Co-Driver List of nominated drivers will be issued in a Bulletin.

2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.4.2 2.4.2 Both drivers designated to form a Car’s final driving crew must, in a practice or qualifying session, have achieved a best lap time no more than 107% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions. 2.4.3 Any Driver whose best lap time exceeds the qualifying time cut-off as detailed in 2.3.2, will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies.

2.4.4 Any Team seeking to vary the nominated drivers making up their final driving crew for the Race must advise the Secretary of the Meeting in writing no later than 1200 (noon) on Saturday 10 September; and the variation sought must subsequently be approved by the Stewards. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve

the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 From the time that the Car is Parked in Pit Lane in accordance with Rule D 11.4.11.2, it will not be permitted to work on the Car until the Car has cleared all scrutineering checks and been released by the CTD except with the express permission of the CTD. 2.5.4 Any Car that does not comply with 2.5.3 above the Stewards may exclude that Car from the Shootout. 2.5.5 The Shootout will determine the first ten places on the starting grid for the Race.

2.5.6 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a Driver in the Qualifying sessions. 2.5.7 Each Car will be positioned in Pit Lane in accordance with Rule D 11.4.11.2 2.5.8 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from pit lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.9 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be

shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the Pit Entry lane. 2.5.10 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and Drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.11 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the

appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.12 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.5.13 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.14 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit at the relevant time, the

Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.15 A Driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that Driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES 2.6.1 At the end of the Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or changed weather conditions at the commencement of the Race, must be used to start the Race. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane

Penalty (PLP) per marked tyre used in the Shootout but not used to start the Race, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 RACE GRID POSITIONS Subject to Rule D 5 and Supplementary Regulation 2.4, the Race grid position for each Car will be determined by the fastest time recorded for that Car, when driven by one of the Drivers designated to form that Car’s final driving crew, in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session or the “Shootout”, whichever is applicable.

2.8 PIT STOPS 2.8.1 The Betta Electrical 500 is an Endurance Race and Rule D 11.2.1.2 (permitting a maximum of eight people across the prescribed line to work on the car) will apply. 2.8.2 During the Race, Competitors are permitted to undertake any number of Discretionary Pit Stops (DPS’s) during which refuelling is permitted, subject to Rule D 11.5. 2.8.3 Throwing an air impact tool from one Team Member to another is not permitted at any Pit Stop. 2.8.4 No air impact tool is permitted to be used on both sides of a Car during a CPS or DPS.

2.8.5 Driver changes are permitted but, pursuant to Rule D 3.3, no one driver is permitted to exceed a total of 107 laps during the Race. 2.8.6 At any Pit Stop in which there is a change of Driver, one person in addition to those permitted in Rule D 11.2.1.2 may assist the incoming Driver with tasks such as adjust / fasten seatbelts, adjust / change the seat, adjust the mirrors, connect the radio link and / or drink bottle replenishment. These are the only tasks permitted to be

performed by this person during the Pit Stop. The Driver leaving the Car may not assist the incoming Driver in any way and is required upon exiting the Car to immediately leave the Pit Bay and enter the Pit Garage. 2.9 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.9.1 During the Race there will be two (2) Compulsory Pit Stops (CPS’s) for each Car which must conform to the requirements of 2.9.8 and 2.9.10 as appropriate. 2.9.2 At one (1) of these CPS’s, the Car must be refuelled, have all four wheels and tyres

changed and have the front brake pads changed. 2.9.3 At the other CPS, the Car must be refuelled. 2.9.4 In addition to the requirements of 2.9.2 and 2.9.3 above, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. 2.9.5 Each CPS must be commenced within the appropriate ‘window’ as detailed below. 2.9.6 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the pit lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS.

2.9.7 After each CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the pit lane access road to commence the relevant CPS. The V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO leading car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.9.8 Refuelling CPS 2.9.8.1 Both refuelling CPSs must be commenced within the following ‘window’

expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: lap 5 and 120. 2.9.8.2 Refuelling CPSs must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any red flag period. 2.9.9 Competitors are reminded that, at any pit stop during which the Car is refuelled, Rule D 11.9 will apply. 2.9.10 Wheel/Tyre Change and Brake Pad Change CPS 2.9.10.1 The wheel/tyre change and brake pad change CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading car:

lap 48 and lap 120. 2.9.10.2 All four front brake pads must be removed and replaced with other pads. 2.9.10.3 Brake calliper pistons must be retracted by manual hand-held tools only. 2.9.10.4 Only front callipers which conform to the Rules are permitted, and the total replacement of the calliper/pad assembly by using a quick release brake line coupling is not permitted. 2.9.10.5 During a Brake Pad change all displaced fluid must return to the master cylinder reservoir through the master cylinder

2.9.10.6 All four wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the Car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. 2.9.10.7 Each Competitor must notify their allocated pit lane observer in advance that the CPS is going to take place. 2.9.10.8 This CPS must only be undertaken during the Race and must not be undertaken during any red flag period. 2.9.11 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are

displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to

the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.10 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.10.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.10.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO 2.11 USE OF REFUELLING TOWERS 2.11.1 The use of refuelling towers is only permitted during the Warm Up, after the Car is in Pit Lane immediately prior to the start of the Race and the Race. During these times, the requirements of D 21.3.4 must be complied with by all Team members in Pit Lane.

2.11.2 Parallel Parking in Pit Lane is permitted during the Warm Up. 2.11.3 In addition to the requirements of Supplementary Regulation 2.10.1, it is permitted to use a refuelling tower, solely for the purpose of checking compliance of a Car with Rule C 16.1.6. The Car, the refuelling tower and the TEGA fuel tank capacity checking vessel must be located within the Team’s garage for the duration of this checking procedure. 2.12 DRIVER IDENTIFICATION & DRIVING TIME 2.12.1 No one Driver may exceed the maximum driving time set out in Rule D 3.3.

2.12.2 All Drivers must comply with the identification requirements in Rule D 3.4. 2.12.3 For this Meeting Rule D3.4.4 is deleted. Pit Marshals will record Driver’s identification during Driver changes during all sessions and the Race. 2.12.4 For this Meeting, the Green CPS Light must be on at all times during the Race when the “Co-Driver ”, as nominated to the Secretary of the Meeting prior to 1200 on Saturday 10 September is driving the Car. 2.12.5 For the purpose of clarification of Rule D3.3.4, the control line in Pit Lane is located

adjacent to Pit Exit and therefore as a Driver exits Pit Lane, he will be deemed to have completed a lap of the Race. 2.13 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed at the Flag Point on Driver’s left after the Pioneer Bridge: the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.14 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.14.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed.

2.14.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.15 PODIUM PRESENTATION & MEDIA CONFERENCES 2.15.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation or during any Media Conference.

2.15.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time or during a Media Conference. 2.15.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This

includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to display these materials in these areas. . V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO 2.16 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed it’s radio frequencies from those nominated on it’s yearly entry, must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Wednesday 7 September.

All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1 2.17 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised in a Bulletin. 2.18 DRIVER WEIGHING 2.18.1 Drivers that have not competed in a Round of the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series will be required for weighing by the CTD at 0930 on Friday 9 September. 2.18.2 Drivers will be required to be fully attired for weighing is accordance with Rule D21 - Apparel Requirements. 2.18.3 All weighing will take place at the TEGA Weigh Scales located in Pit Lane Garage 3.

2.19 ITEMS NOT PERMITTED AT A MEETING The use of a chassis dyno by a Competitor or on a Competitor’s Car at a Meeting or during a Meeting is prohibited. In addition, no Competitor is permitted to have a chassis dyno in their possession anywhere within the venue at any Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA RIDE DAY – On Track 3.1.1 Thursday 8 September

3.1.2 1000 – 1230 - TBA 3.2 AUTOGRAPH SESSIONS – Chadstone Shopping Centre 3.2.1 Date: Thursday 8 September 3.2.2 Time: 1730 - 1815 3.2.3 Attire: Team Uniform required – Team Shirt and Dress Pants 3.2.4 Drivers Required: Group A - Mark Skaife, Garth Tander, Jason Richards, Jamie Whincup, Tony D’Alberto, Fabian Coulthard, Jason Bright, Greg Ritter, Cameron McLean, David Brabham, Steven Richards, Paul Dumbrell, Christian D’Agostin, Matthew Coleman, Jason Bargwanna, Mark Winterbottom, Matt Halliday, Alain Menu, Alan Gurr,

John Faulkner, Paul Morris, Paul Radisich, Steve Johnson, Glenn Seton, Dean Canto, Will Davison, Jim Richards, James Courtney, Anthony Tratt, Tony Evangelou. 3.2.5 Time: 1815 - 1900 3.2.6 Drivers Required: Group B - Russell Ingall, Marcos Ambrose, Luke Youlden, Greg Murphy, Paul Weel, Nathan Pretty, Owen Kelly, Craig Baird, David Besnard, Alex Tagliani, Marcus Marshall, Mark Noske, Tim Leahy, Alex Davison, Allan Simonson, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Dale Brede, John Cleland, Cameron McConville, Andrew

Jones, Phil Scifleet, Lee Holdsworth, Steve Ellery, Craig Lowndes, Yvan Muller, Adam Macrow, Simon Wills, TBA, Max Wilson, Tony Longhurst, Matthew White, Steve Owen, Jose Fernandez, Damian White. 3.3 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre with both Drivers 3.3.1 Friday 9 September - (Top 5) immediately following Practice 2. 3.3.2 Saturday 10 September - (Top 3 ) immediately following Shoot Out. 3.3.3 Sunday 11 September - (Top 3 Overall) Immediately following the Race.

3.4 CHANNEL 10 DRIVER PAIRING PHOTOS – Held in the circuit Media Centre 3.4.1 Drivers - All Drivers with Co-Drivers 3.4.2 Attire – Race Suit and Helmet Time – 1400 – 1600 Thursday 8 September 3.5 COMPULSORY PIT WALKS (To be read in conjunction with Rule E2.8) Teams must provide Tensa Barriers across the front of the garages in an even line down pit lane, table and chairs for drivers and ensure team personnel are present to maintain security of equipment and drivers during the walk.

It is advised that for autograph signing purposes a second, smaller line of Tensa Barriers be placed on the outside of the perimeter and used for “in and out” lanes for the public. It is recommended a team member man each end of this lane to ensure flow of people, rather than allowing people to surge around and towards drivers. To facilitate the prompt clearing of Pit Lane at the conclusion of the session, teams are to roll their cars back into the garage, remove drivers from pit lane and temporarily close the garage

doors immediately once the session concludes. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO Schedule: 10 minutes prior: Teams begin setting up Tensa barriers, tables and chairs for drivers. Tensa barriers to be linked to adjacent team barriers to form one line down pit lane. Teams roll out cars at 45 degrees with the nose pointing towards pit exit 5 minutes prior: Drivers to be seated for autographs Conclusion:

Drivers removed from pit lane. Teams roll cars back into garage, drivers exit and garage doors to be closed. Security, Police and AVESCO clear pit lane Compulsory Pit Walk Times: 1035 - 1120 Saturday 10 September 1025 - 1100 Sunday 11 September NOTE: Drivers participating in the VB Challenge on Sunday 11 September will not be required to comply with Rule E2.8.5 for that day only. 3.6 SNICKERS PIT STOP CHALLENGE The Quarter Finals and Semi Final’s of the Snickers Pit Stop Challenge will take place at this

Meeting between 0800 and 0830 on Friday 9 September and Saturday 10 September. The schedule of competing Cars will be advised under separate cover prior to the Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO CHAPTER 4 - SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of two wheeled vehicle (including bicycles, mini bikes and scooters of any kind), or the use of rollerblades, roller skates or skate boards or similar within the Pit

Lane and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 All Teams using garages are advised that no electrical leads are to extend from the rear of the garages to the transporters. The Organisers have fitted a bank of 240-volt power points to supply the transporters along the rear of the retaining wall at the rear of the garages, but Teams must supply their own extension cords. 4.1.3 No barbeques are permitted in any Pit Lane garages. 4.2 ACCESS TO AND USE OF THE PROPERTY 4.2.1. Children in any restricted areas including the paddock must be under the direct

supervision of an adult. The Promoters reserve the right to have any offenders removed. 4.2.2. Under no circumstances are stakes to be driven into the bitumen surface. Further, the provision of tie down drums is the Competitor’s responsibility. 4.3 SECURITY A security officer will be located in the paddock area each night from 1700 to 0700, Wednesday night to Monday morning inclusive. Teams wishing to work during the night are welcome to do so; however the Sandown Road and over pass gate will be closed at approximately 2100. In

regard to entry or exit after this time, please contact the security guard on 0409 508 808. 4.4 EVENT OPERATING HOURS The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.4.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.4.2 Saturday 0800 – 1700 4.4.3 Sunday 0800 – After the V8 Supercar Race 4.5 TRUCK WASHING Due to water restriction transporters are not permitted to be washed in the Paddock area. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500

© AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 THURSDAY 8 SEPTEMBER 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO 5.2 FRIDAY 9 SEPTEMBER Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0830 Snickers Pit Stop Challenge

30 minutes 0900 0920 Formula Ford 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 0930 0950 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1000 1030 Carrera Cup 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1045 1245 V8 Supercars 2 hours Practice 1 10 minutes 1255 1315 V8 Utes 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1320 1350 Entertainment Session 30 minutes 10 minutes 1400 1420 Formula Ford 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1435 1505 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Co-Driver Practice / Practice 2 10 minutes 1515 1535 Carrera Cup

20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1545 1605 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1615 1645 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 10 minutes 1655 1725 Carrera Cup / V8 Utes 30 minutes Meeting Rides V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 13 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO 5.3 SATURDAY 10 SEPTEMBER Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0830 Snickers Pit Stop Challenge 30 minutes 0840 0900 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes

10 minutes 0910 0930 V8 Utes 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 0940 0955 Aussie Race Cars 8 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1010 1025 Formula Ford 10 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1035 1120 Entertainment Session 45 minutes 1035 1120 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Pit Walk 15 minutes 1135 1155 Carrera Cup 14 laps Race 1 5 minutes 1200 1215 VB Challenge 15 minutes 15 minutes 1230 1245 V8 Utes 8 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1300 1315 Formula Ford 10 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1330 1350 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 1

Lower 50% 5 minutes 1355 1415 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 Upper 50% 15 minutes 1430 1500 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shootout After Shootout V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1515 1535 Carrera Cup 14 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1545 1620 Entertainment Session 35 minutes 10 minutes 1630 1645 Aussie Race Cars 8 laps Race 2 1630 V8 Supercars Refuelling Safety Briefing 15 minutes 1700 1715 V8 Utes 8 laps Race 2 1730 V8 Supercars Driver & Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 14 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO 5.4 SUNDAY 11 SEPTEMBER Start Finish Category Duration Session 0825 0845 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 15 minutes 0900 0915 Formula Ford 10 laps Race 3 15 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 15 minutes 1005 1020 V8 Utes 8 laps Race 3 5 minutes 1025 1100 VB Challenge 35 minutes 1025 1100 V8 Supercars 35 minutes Pit Walk 15 minutes 1115 1130 Carrera Cup 12 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1140

1155 Aussie Race Cars 8 laps Race 3 5 minutes 1200 1210 V8 Supercars 10 minutes Drivers Parade 1230 V8 Supercars Pit Exit Open 1245 V8 Supercars Pit Exit Closed 1300 Betta Electrical 500 161 laps Race Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media conference Wayne Giles Secretary of the Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 15 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 9 Betta Electrical 500 © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 5 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE &VENUE The event will be known as the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 5, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Shanghai International Circuit, Shanghai, China on 09 -12 June 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of

CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be an International Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Shanghai Greenland Sports & Culture Development Co. Ltd Greenland S&T Building, No. 201 Ning Xia Road, Shanghai 200063 CHINA 1.3.2 Organiser: Shanghai Greenland Sports & Culture Development Co. Ltd

Greenland S&T Building, No. 201 Ning Xia Road, Shanghai 200063 CHINA Ph: +86 21 5235 9935 Fax: +86 21 5235 2069 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Kurt Sakzewski, Lang De Long, Wen Zhu & Zhong Jie Wu 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Li Chunwei 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman

1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: TBA 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 V8 Supercar Medical Delegate: Dr Michael Goss 1.3.12 Secretary of the Meeting: Song Yang 1.3.13 Clerk of Course: Zhang Tao 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: TBA (2) Finish: TBA V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO

(3) Pit Lane Speed: TBA (4) Noise: TBA (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson, and Peter Foreshaw. (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Peter Forshaw 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.602 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located on the Ground Floor of the Race Control Tower 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on Level 2 in the Race Control Tower 1.4.6 IPO Office: Located on the Ground Floor of the Race Control Tower

1.4.7 AVESCO Operations Office: Located in Garage C 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 8 June 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules.

1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 22 laps and two (2) Races of 32 laps each including one Compulsory Pit Stop in each Race. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS 1.7.1 All Drivers must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with the FIA, and Drivers holding other than FASC International licences will be required to provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.7.2 All Competitors must hold an International licence issued by an ASN affiliated with the

FIA, and Competitors holding other than FASC International licences will be required to provide a Visa issued by the ASN that issued their licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted access to the circuit only in vehicles displaying a Shanghai Round car pass or taxis. 1.8.2 The schedule of time that teams are allowed access to the venue will be contained in further instructions. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM,

in conjunction with the Organisers. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice. 1.11 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Thursday 9 June at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock. 1.12 MEETING RIDES 1.12.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.12.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in

Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.12.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1530 and 1600 on Friday 10 June. 1.12.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 9 June at the AVESCO Operations Centre in Garage C.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 9 June and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 9 June in the Media Conference Room above Garage C. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1700 on Friday 10 June in the Media Conference Room above Garage C. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant

briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3. PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 10 June for V8 Supercars conducted between 1240 and 1440. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 30 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO

2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions per additional lap for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in

the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the

fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit

entry lane. 2.5.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time. 2.5.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session.

2.5.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.11 A driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be

impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO

2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 At the commencement of each Race, the green CPS light must be illuminated and must remain illuminated until the completion of the CPS. 2.7.2 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which a minimum of two (2) wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Green CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D

11.1.2.10. 2.7.3 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Race 1 - Lap 5 and lap 15 Races 2 & 3 - Lap 5 and lap 22 2.7.4 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.5 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit

before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.6 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7.7 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will

change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will

be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams

“paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.9.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.9.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT The additional signalling point will be advised in further instructions. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.11.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.11.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in

front of the Podium at any time. . 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES All Competitors must supply a list of the radio frequencies and equipment they wish to use for this event to McCall Communications by no later than 20 May for approval by the Shanghai Radio Administration Bureau. No other frequencies or equipment other than those approved by the Shanghai Radio Administration Bureau will be permitted to be used at this event. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1

2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this Meeting will be advised in a Bulletin. 2.14 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during Races. 2.15 Rule D 11.5.10.1 Rule D11.5.10.1 will be replaced for this Meeting with the following: D11.5.10.1 With the exception of makeshift repair carried out on a Car in a safe place by the Driver alone with the means on board, any replenishment, maintenance work or

repairs must be carried out in the Car’s Garage or Pit Bay. 2.16 SPECIFIED FUEL 2.16.1 The Specified Control Fuel available for purchase at this Meeting only will be supplied by Petro China. 2.16.2 The Specified Fuel will be available from the Fuel Compound located in the Car park of the kart track through the tunnel behind the Team buildings. 2.16.3 No other fuel is permitted to be used at this Meeting. 2.17 EQUIPMENT LIMIT 2.17.1 Teams are reminded of the provisions of Rule D24.2

2.17.2 Freight in excess of that permitted in these Supplementary Regulations or any Further Regulations is strictly prohibited. 2.17.3 All Teams are permitted to take the following items per Car 2.17.3.1 1 x Complete V8 Supercar including 4 wheels and 4 wet tyres 2.17.3.2 1 x V8 Supercar Engine 2.17.3.3 2 x Gearboxes 2.17.3.4 16 x Wheels ( in addition to the 4 mounted on the Car) 2.17.3.5 1 x Pit Boom V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO

2.17.3.6 2 x Front Bumper Bars (in addition to the Car mounted Bumper Bar) 2.17.3.7 1 x Rear Bumper Bar (in addition to the Car mounted Bumper Bar) 2.17.3.8 Any other equipment that can be contained in 1 x Air Freight Container as supplied by AVESCO. 2.18 PROHITIED ITEMS 2.18.1 The use of Promotional Boards such as Octanorm at this Meeting is Strictly Prohibited. The determination as to whether an item is a Promotional Board will be at the sole discretion of the OM whose decision will be final in relation to this matter.

2.18.2 The transportation of any food product to and from Australia by a Team is Strictly Prohibited. 2.18.3 Any wood product is not permitted to be transported to China unless the product has been previously approved for export by the Australian Quarantine and Inspection Service (AQIS) and the appropriate certification is supplied. 2.18.4 Teams are not permitted to transport any Fuel to China for use at this Meeting. 2.18.5 No hazardous materials (e.g: Brake Cleaner, etc) are permitted to be transported to

and from China by any Team. 2.19 Rule C9.5.6 – Final Drive Ratio - China The final drive ratio permitted to be used at this circuit for this Meeting is: Circuit Final Drive Ratio Teeth China 3.25:1 39/12 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre. 3.1.1 Friday 10 June – (Top 5) Immediately following Practice.

3.1.2 Saturday 11 June - (top 3) Immediately following Race 1 3.1.3 Sunday 12 June - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 3. 3.2 COMPULSORY PIT WALK (To be read in conjunction with Rule E2.8) Teams must provide table and chairs for drivers and ensure team personnel are present to maintain security of equipment and drivers during the walk. To facilitate the prompt clearing of Pit Lane at the conclusion of the session, teams are to roll their cars back into the garage, remove drivers from pit lane and temporarily close the garage

doors immediately once the session concludes. Schedule: 10 minutes prior: Teams begin setting up tables and chairs for drivers. Teams roll out cars at 45 degrees with the nose pointing towards pit exit 5 minutes prior: Drivers to be seated for autographs Conclusion: Drivers removed from pit lane. Teams roll cars back into garage, drivers exit and garage doors to be closed. Security, Police and AVESCO clear pit lane V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO

CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The paddock office will be located in team Building 7. Any enquiries with regard to the paddock or garages and their facilities should be directed to this office. 4.1.2 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.2.1 Friday 0900 – 1700 4.1.2.2 Saturday 0800 – 1730 4.1.2.3 Sunday 0800 – After V8 Supercar Race 3 4.2 GARAGE HIRE FEES The Garage Hire fee per Garage for this Meeting is USD $200. This Fee will be required to

be paid in cash to the Promoter upon arrival to the circuit by the Team Manager. A receipt will be supplied once payment is made. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 9 June 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1600

V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 5.2 Friday 10 June 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0930 1010 Model Plane 40 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1020 1050 Asian GT 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1105 1135 CAPA Stunt Team 20 minutes 15 minutes 1150 1220 Formula Renault 30 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1240 1440 V8 Supercars 2 hours Practice 10 mins 1450 1520 Asian GT Practice 30 mins Practice 10 mins 1530 1600 V8 Supercars 30 mins Meeting Rides 5 mins 1605 1620 CAPA Stunt Team

15 mins 10 mins 1630 1700 Formula Renault 30 mins 1700 V8 Supercar Drivers & Competitors Briefing 1710 1730 Buick Hot Laps 20 minutes V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 11 June 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Safety Car Rides & Buick Hot Laps 20 mins 5 mins 0925 0940 Model Plane Performance 15 mins 0940 0955 CAPA Stunt team 15 mins 5 mins 1000 1030

Asian GT 30 mins Qualifying 15 mins 1045 1105 V8 Supercar 20 mins Qualifying Lower 50% 5 mins 1110 1130 V8 Supercar 20 mins Qualifying Upper 50% 15 mins 1145 1215 V8 Supercar 30 mins Shoot Out 5 mins 1220 1250 Formula Renault 30 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1300 1330 Pit Walk 30 mins Incl. Stunt Team 10 mins 1340 1410 Asian GT Race 1 10 mins 1420 1440 Formula Renault Race 1 5 mins 1445 1455 Model Airplane 10 mins Performance 10 mins 1505 V8 Supercar Pit Exit Open 1515 V8 Supercars

Pit Exit Closed 1520 V8 Supercar 22 laps Race 1 Race End V8 Supercar Media Conference 20 mins 1620 1640 CAPA Stunt Team 20 mins V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 – Round 5 Shanghai, China © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 12 June 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 0815 Safety Car Rides & Buick Hot Laps 15 mins 10 mins 0820 0830 Asian GT 10 mins Warm Up 0835 0845 Formula Renault 10 mins Warm Up 0850 0915 Pit Walk 25 minutes

Incl. CAPA Stunt team and model planes 5 mins 0920 0950 Asian GT 10 laps Race 2 15 mins 1005 V8 Supercars Pit Exit Open 1015 V8 Supercars Pit Exit Closed 1020 V8 Supercars 32 Laps Race 2 10 mins 1140 1210 Formula Renault 10 laps Race 2 10 mins 1215 1235 Buick Celebrity Parade 1240 1310 Opening Ceremony 30 mins 5 mins 1315 V8 Supercars Pit Exit Open 1325 V8 Supercars Pit Exit Closed 1330 V8 Supercars 32 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercar 20 mins Podium Presentation After Podium

V8 Supercar Media Conference 10 mins 1505 1520 CAPA Stunt Team 30 mins 15 mins 1520 1600 Post Race Entertainment 40 mins Song Yang Secretary of the Meeting

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 6 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/0307/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1. EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the 2005 SKYCITY V8 Supercars – Round 6, Darwin, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Darwin’s Hidden Valley Raceway, Northern Territory on 1-3 July 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Northern Territory Major Events Company G.P.O. Box 4396, Darwin, N.T., 0801

Telephone: (08) 8999 6740 Facsimile: (08) 8941 4628 1.3.2 Organiser: Northern Territory Major Events Company G.P.O. Box 4396, Darwin, N.T., 0801 Telephone: (08) 8999 6740 Facsimile: (08) 8941 4628 Hidden Valley Circuit: Phone: (08) 8999 5256 Facsimile: (08) 8947 1472 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Peter Nelson, Tiffany Daley & Paul Cattermole 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Rod Pearson 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director:

Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Peter Nelson 1.3.12 Clerk of Course: Ken Smith 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Ken Smith, Barry Frost, Erik James (2) Finish: Barry Frost, Ken Smith, Erik James V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1

V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (4) Noise: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Kurt Sakzewski, Vinnie Borgia, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson, Peter Foreshaw (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Peter Forshaw 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.87 Kilometres

1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 34 1.4.4 Notice Board: Outside Paddock Office, located at the Race Control Tower end of the Pit garages 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located in the Paddock Office Complex 1.4.6 IPO Office: Located in the Paddock Office Complex 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Thursday 30 June 2005,

unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be one (1) Race of 17 laps and two (2) Races of 48 laps each including one Compulsory Pit Stop in each of the 48 lap Races. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (previously titled

C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0900 Wednesday 29 June. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.8.3 Teams must exit the Circuit at the conclusion of the Meeting via Gate B. Please see the attached circuit map. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM,

in conjunction with the Organisers. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass.

1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice. 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING The VIP/Teams Car Park (V8 Supercar Car Park) is located in the Pit Paddock behind the support category garages. Access is via Gate 4. See the attached circuit map. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0800 on Friday 1 July at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES

1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5. 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1630 and 1700 on Friday 1 July. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as

defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 6 May at the AVESCO Transporter. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 1 July and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1200 on Friday 1 July

in the briefing area, which is adjacent to the marshalling area. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Friday 1 July in the briefing area, which is adjacent to the marshalling area. Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley

© AVESCO 2.3. PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a practice session on Friday 1 July for V8 Supercars conducted between 1330 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 40 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised 2 grid positions for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on

practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in the Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or D 5.1.5 applies. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards.

2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.4 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that

driver’s timed lap. 2.5.5 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.6 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the track at the same time.

2.5.7 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.8 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled start time of the session. 2.5.9 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.10 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit at the relevant time, the

Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.11 A Driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather

conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 At the commencement of Races 2 and 3, the Green CPS light must be illuminated and must remain illuminated until the completion of the CPS.

2.7.2 There will be one CPS for each Car in Races 2 and 3 during which a minimum of two (2) wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Green CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D 11.1.2.10. 2.7.3 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Races 2 & 3: lap 5 and lap 34

2.7.4 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.5 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open

the window. 2.7.6 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS. 2.7.7 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open

the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms

next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the AOM. 2.8.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 2.9 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.9.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being

displayed. 2.9.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 10 (on drivers right) the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION

2.11.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.11.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.11.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the

television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to display these materials in these areas. . 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 30 June. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1

2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be advised in a bulletin. 2.14 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during Races. 2.15 Rule D 11.5.10.1 Rule D11.5.10.1 will be replaced for this Meeting with the following: D11.5.10.1 With the exception of makeshift repair carried out on a Car in a safe place by the Driver alone with the means on board, any replenishment, maintenance work or

repairs must be carried out in the Car’s Garage or Pit Bay. 2.16 TEGA ROOF VENTS The fitment of the TEGA Roof Vent as supplied by TEGA is mandatory for this Meeting. The fitting of the TEGA Roof Vent must be in accordance with the instructions of the CTD. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre. 3.1.1 Friday 1 July – (top 5) Immediately following Practice 1.

3.1.2 Saturday 2 July - (top 3) Immediately following Race 1. 3.1.3 Sunday 3 July - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 3. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of bicycles, motorcycles or the use of rollerblades or roller skates or skate boards or any other similar devices within the Pit and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways.

4.1.3 The roads in the Paddock area are clearly marked with large white line markings, as well as a sign near the entry to the Paddock advising the direction of travel. All vehicles must travel in the direction indicated. 4.1.4 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.6.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.1.6.2 Saturday 0800 – 1700 4.1.6.3 Sunday 0800 – After V8 Supercar Race 3 4.2 TRUCK WASH 4.2.1 Teams are not permitted to wash their transporters at the circuit. Truck washing

facilities are available at Ostojic Transport, Lot 4742 Tivendale Rd, Berrimah (see attached Darwin Suburbs Map) 4.2.2 Truck washing facilities are available from 1200 on Wednesday 29 June and 0730 Thursday 30 June. 4.2.3 The facility will cater for up to 4 trucks at a time, has hardstand and 1 inch taps with good pressure. Teams will need to provide their own wash gear. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley

© AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Friday 1 July 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercar Scrutineering 0800 1300 V8 Supercar Document Check 0800 V8 Supercar Tyre Selection 0900 0930 Performance Cars 30 mins Practice 5 mins 0935 0955 HQ Holden 20 mins Practice 5 mins 1000 1020 Improved Production 20 mins Practice 1000 V8 Supercar Organisers Meeting 5 mins 1025 1050 Lotus Exige 25 mins Practice 10 mins 1100 1130 V8 Utes 30 mins Practice 5 mins 1135

1205 Performance Cars 30 mins Practice 10 mins 1200 V8 Supercar Team Managers Briefing 1215 1235 HQ Holden 20 mins Qualifying 15 mins 1250 1315 Lotus Exige 25 mins Qualifying 15 mins 1330 1530 V8 Supercars 2 hours Practice 1 15 mins 1540 1600 Improved Production 20 mins Qualifying 30 mins 1630 1700 V8 Supercars 30 mins Rides 5 mins 1705 1725 V8 Utes 20 mins Practice 5 mins 1730 V8 Supercars Driver and Competitors Briefing 1745 1815 V8 Utes 30 mins Meeting Rides V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 2 July 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0925 Lotus Exige 25 mins Qualifying 5 mins 0930 0950 Safety Car Rides 20 mins 5 mins 0955 1020 V8 Utes 25 mins Qualifying 10 mins 1030 1100 Performance Cars 30 mins Qualifying 30 mins 1130 1150 V8 Supercars 20 mins Qualifying Lower 50% 5 minutes 1155 1215 V8 Supercars 20 mins Qualifying Upper 50% 15 mins 1230 1300 V8 Supercars 30 mins

Shoot Out 15 mins 1315 1325 HQ / Improved Production 8 laps Race 5 mins 1350 1410 Lotus Exige 13 laps Race 5 mins 1415 1430 VB Challenge 15 mins 30 mins 1500 V8 Supercars 17 laps Race 1 15 mins 1545 1610 V8 Utes 13 laps Race 10 mins 1620 1650 Performance Cars 25 laps Race V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 6 Hidden Valley © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 3 July 2005 Start Finish Category Duration Session 0815 0825 V8 Utes 10 mins Warm Up

5 mins 0830 0840 Lotus Exige 10 mins Warm Up 10 mins 0850 0900 HQ / Improved Production 5 laps Race 0900 0915 Safety Car Rides 15 mins 15 mins 0930 0945 HQ / Improved Production 7 laps Race 15 mins 1000 1015 V8 Utes 12 laps Race 15 mins 1030 1045 Performance Cars 10 laps Race 15 mins 1100 1120 Lotus Exige 13 laps Race 30 mins 1150 V8 Supercars 48 laps Race 2 15 mins 1305 1325 V8 Utes 15 laps Race 15 mins 1340 1400 Performance Cars 15 laps Race 5 mins 1405 1420 VB Challenge 15 mins

30 mins 1450 V8 Supercars 48 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 1610 1625 Lotus Exige 13 laps Race 15 mins 1640 1655 HQ / Improved Production 10 laps Race Peter Nelson Secretary of the Meeting

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 12 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/1311/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1. CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: The CAMS Permit Number for this Meeting is 805/1311/01 2. LEAVING THE CIRCUIT: Unless advised otherwise by the OM, No Team Transporters are permitted to leave the circuit precinct before 1900hrs on Sunday 13 November in accordance with the instructions of Tasmanian Police. 3. DRIVER PASSES Driver’s will be supplied two (2) Guest Passes for this Meeting. These will be available from

the Accreditation Office which is located adjacent to Gate 2. 4. CIRCUIT MAP Please find attached the revised Circuit Map. 5. CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING Please delete Supplementary Regulation 3.2 and 3.4 and replace with the following: 3.2 AUTOGRAH SESSION – LAUNCESTON MALL 3.2.1 Time: Thursday 10 November 12.00pm-1.00pm 3.2.2 Venue: Brisbane Street Mall, Launceston 3.2.3 Drivers: Marcos Ambrose, Russell Ingall, Greg Murphy, Paul Weel, Jason Bargwanna, Mark Winterbottom, Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly, Steven Richards, Paul

Dumbrell, Rick Kelly, Garth Tander, Craig Baird, David Besnard, Steven Johnson, Glenn Seton, Matthew White 3.2.4 Attire: Team uniform – Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.4 OFFICIAL OPENING COCKTAIL PARTY WITH TASMANIAN PREMIER PAUL LENNON 3.4.1 Time: Thursday 10 November 6.30pm-8.30pm 3.4.2 Venue: Queen Victoria Museum & Art Gallery at Inveresk, Invermay Road 3.4.3 Drivers: Marcos Ambrose, Jason Bright, David Brabham, Jason Richards, Jamie Whincup, Cameron McConville, Dean Canto, Anthony Tratt, Max Wilson, Alex

Davison, Paul Morris, Paul Radisich, John Bowe, Brad Jones, Craig Lowndes, Steven Ellery 3.4.4 Attire: Team uniform – Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 6. CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM Please delete Chapter 5 of the Supplementary Regulations and replace with the following: 5.1 Friday 11 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercars Scrutineering

0800 1300 V8 Supercars Document Check 0800 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 0900 0920 V8 Utes 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0930 0950 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1000 1025 Lotus Exige 25 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1035 1055 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 1100 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1105 1125 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1130 1150 Capa Stunt Team 20 minutes 5 minutes 1155 1215 V8 Utes 20 minutes Practice 2 1200

V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 10 minutes 1225 1245 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1255 1315 Lotus Exige 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1330 1530 V8 Supercars 2 hours Practice After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1540 1600 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 2 5 minutes 1605 1625 V8 Utes 20 minutes Qualifying 5 minutes 1630 1700 V8 Supercars Meeting Rides 1730 V8 Supercars Competitors & Drivers Briefing V8 Supercar Further Regulations

Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 12 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 10 minutes 0930 0940 Aussie Race Cars 8 laps Race 1 10 minutes 0950 1010 Lotus Exige 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1020 1040 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1050 1105 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1115 1130 V8 Utes 12 laps Race 1 20 minutes 1150 1210 V8 Supercars 20 minutes

Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1215 1235 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 15 minutes 1250 1320 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1330 1350 GT Performance 15 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1400 1420 Aussie Race Cars 15 laps Race 1 5 minutes 1425 1440 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1450 1505 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1515 1530 Lotus Exige 12 laps Race 2 1530 1540 Stunt Bikes 10 minutes 20 minutes 1600 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercars

Media Conference 10 minutes 1700 1720 GT Performance 15 laps Race 2 V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 13 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 10 minutes 0930 0950 V8 Utes 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1000 1040 V8 Supercars 40 minutes Pit Walk 10 minutes 1050 1110 Lotus Exige 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1120 1130 Aussie Race Cars 8 laps Race 3 5 minutes

1135 1200 Pre Race Entertainment 25 minutes Incl. Parade lap& Stunt Team 20 minutes 1220 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1320 1335 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1345 1400 GT Performance 12 laps Race 3 5 minutes 1405 1420 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1430 1450 V8 Utes 15 laps Race 3 1450 1500 Stunt Bikes 10 minutes 20 minutes 1520 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1635

1655 Lotus Exige 15 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1705 1725 Aussie Race Cars 15 laps Race 4 Dick Caplice Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Further Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 12 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/0307/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 Ferodo Triple Challenge” which will also comprise the 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series – Round 12, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Symmons Plains Raceway, Launceston on 11-13 November 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a Major National Meeting. 1.3 ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: AVESCO Events Pty Ltd P.O Box 607, Southport, QLD 4215 Telephone: (07) 5526 3564 Facsimile: (07) 5526 3461

1.3.2 Organiser: Motorsports Tasmania 134 Davey St, Hobart, Tasmania 7000 Telephone: (03) 6224 4134 Facsimile: (03) 6224 4138 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Dick Caplice, Shane Howard, Sam Redfern, Terry Atkinson, Robin Wilmot & Ian Wade 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Steven Chopping (Chief), Peter Drew & Charles Button 1.3.5 V8 Supercar Race Director: Tim Schenken 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond

1.3.8 V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Peter Wollerman 1.3.9 V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Kurt Sakzewski 1.3.10 V8 Supercar Media Manager: Cole Hitchcock 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Dick Caplice 1.3.12 Chief Medical Officer: Dr Greg Booth 1.3.13 Clerk of Course: Terry Atkinson 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Craig Wilson, (2) Finish: Craig Wilson, (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be confirmed in a Bulletin V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains

© AVESCO (4) Noise: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Kurt Sakzewski, Vinnie Borgia, Ray Robins, Steven Brow, Frank Adamson, Ross Haining (6) Weigh Station Penalty: Carl Jacobs, Ross Haining 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.4 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 32 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located at the base of the rear of the Race Control Tower 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located at the rear of the Race Control Tower

1.4.6 IPO Office: Located at the rear of the Race Control Tower 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Thursday 10 November 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.5.3 The list of 32 Cars eligible to enter this Meeting is contained in Attachment A.

1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for Cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be three (3) Races of 42 laps each including one Compulsory Pit Stop in each Race. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (previously titled C4) or higher, and all Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT

1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0900 on Thursday 10 November. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the AOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Garage allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the AOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the

Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the AOM prior to Practice. 1.10.4 The Series Vehicle Passes will be recognised at this Meeting. 1.11 TEAM PARKING The VIP/Teams Car Park (V8 Supercar Car Park) is located in the Paddock area immediately

behind the support category precinct. Access is via Gate 1. See the attached circuit map. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 0800 on Friday 11 November at the Dunlop facility located in the paddock area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the MM, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in

Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5. 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1630 and 1700 on Friday 11 November. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification for Competitors that have changed any of the details on their 2005 Entry and Registration form will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 11 November at the AVESCO Transporter.

2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 0800 and 1300 on Friday 11 November and will be carried out at each Competitor's assigned garage. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1200 on Friday 11 November in the function room on the Northern side of the Race Control Tower. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Friday 11 November in the function room on the Northern side of the Race Control Tower.

Note: The above personnel must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the relevant briefing/s (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 PRACTICE 2.3.1 There will be a Practice Session on Friday 11 November for V8 Supercars conducted between 1330 and 1530. 2.3.2 Each Car will be permitted to complete a maximum of 50 laps during this session, with the exception of any lap on which the red flag is shown. 2.3.3 Any Car that completes more than the laps specified will be penalised two (2) grid

positions per additional lap for the Race. Other penalties may also be applied by the Stewards. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 2.4 QUALIFYING 2.4.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3. 2.4.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 105% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in

the Race; subject to Rule D 5.1. 2.5 TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.5.1 The combined results of both the Upper 50% and the Lower 50% qualifying sessions will determine the starters and the starting order for the Shootout unless otherwise determined by the Stewards. 2.5.2 The Shootout will be regarded as a qualifying session for those drivers who achieve the ten fastest times in either the Upper 50% or the Lower 50% qualifying sessions. 2.5.3 The starting order for the Shootout will be from tenth to first as established by the

fastest time achieved by a driver in the qualifying sessions. 2.5.4 From the time that the car is Parked in Pit Lane in accordance with Rule D11.4.11.2, it will not be permitted to work on the Car until the Car has cleared all scrutineering checks and been released by the CTD except with the express permission of the CTD. 2.5.5 Any Car that does not comply with 2.5.3 above, the Stewards may exclude that Car from the Shootout. 2.5.6 Each Car will be released on one warm-up lap from Pit Lane, as the Car crosses the

Control Line, the driver will be shown a green flag which will signal the start of that driver’s timed lap. 2.5.7 When the Car crosses the Control Line at the end of its flying lap, the driver will be shown a chequered flag indicating the end of the timed lap, whereupon the driver must reduce speed, complete an almost full “cool-down” lap and re-enter Pit Lane via the pit entry lane. 2.5.8 During the “cool-down” lap, Cars must be driven at a reasonable pace and drivers must not interfere with, baulk or cause obstruction to any other Cars which may be on the

track at the same time. 2.5.9 It is the responsibility of the Competitor to ensure their Car is at Pit Lane Exit at the appropriate time for it to take part in the Shootout. 2.5.10 The Car nominated to start the session must be at the Pit Lane Exit at the scheduled s start time of the session. 2.5.11 Each following Car must be at the Pit Lane Exit prior to the preceding Car receiving the green flag to commence its timed lap. 2.5.12 Any Competitor that fails to have their Car at the Pit Lane Exit at the relevant time, the

Stewards may exclude that Car from the session. 2.5.13 A Driver will be permitted to qualify only one Car in the Shootout, and that Car must be the Car that driver will drive in the Race. 2.6 TYRES – TOP TEN SHOOTOUT 2.6.1 At the end of the Top Ten Shootout, the tyres used will be marked and may be impounded by the CTD and, subject to any damage to the tyres and/or weather conditions at the commencement of Race 1, must be used to start Race 1. 2.6.2 Failure of any Competitor to comply with the foregoing will incur one (1) Pit Lane

Penalty per marked tyre used in the Top Ten Shootout but not used to start Race 1, unless the penalty is set aside by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 2.7 COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) 2.7.1 At the commencement of all Races, the Green CPS light must be illuminated and must remain illuminated until the completion of the CPS. 2.7.2 There will be one CPS for each Car in each Race during which a minimum of two (2)

wheels/tyres must be changed; the replacement wheels/tyres must be other than those removed from the car at the CPS except where Rule D 11.1.4 applies. Prior to exiting Pit Lane, the Green CPS Light must be extinguished in accordance with Rule D 11.1.2.10. 2.7.3 The CPS must be commenced within the following ‘window’ expressed as laps completed by the leading Car: Races 1, 2 & 3: lap 5 and lap 29 2.7.4 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a CPS when it crosses the line (real or

imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road. A Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a CPS. 2.7.5 After the CPS window is opened, a Car must cross the Control Line on the race circuit before entering the Pit Lane access road to commence a CPS. The leading Car will be deemed to have complied with this requirement as it crosses the Control Line to open the window. 2.7.6 Any other work on the Car (other than refuelling) may be undertaken at the CPS.

2.7.7 To be read in conjunction with Rule D11.1.2.9. If during any Race that includes a CPS and the SC Boards and yellow flags are displayed as the leader completes his fifth lap, the opening of the CPS window will change. The revised lap on which the window opens will depend on the number of laps the boards/flags are displayed. When the Safety Car returns to pit lane and the boards/flags are withdrawn, the revised lap which the leader must complete to open the window will be displayed on the LAN and broadcast over the RMC. If there is a

further Safety Car intervention during the “three green flag laps” that follow but prior to the revised CPS window opening ,the Race Director will decide if the CPS window will be amended and any changes to the previous advice will be notified on the LAN and RMC. Any decisions made by the Race Director in regard to the above will be final and are not subject to protest. 2.8 PIT BAY BOOMS 2.8.1 Single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting must place their Pit bay booms next to each other. Any such arrangement must be constructed to the approval of the

AOM. 2.8.2 All other regulations in regard to multiple Car Teams will apply to single Car Teams “paired” together at this Meeting. (eg. Rule D11.5.9.3 will apply to 2 single Cars “paired” together at this Meeting.) 2.9 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.9.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.9.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of

Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 2.10 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 1 (on drivers left) the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.11 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.11.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as

supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation. 2.11.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.11.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This

includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to display these materials in these areas. . 2.12 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Thursday 10 November. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1 2.13 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL

RMC for this meeting will be advised in a Bulletin. 2.14 RULE D 9.5 CASE A & B RESTARTS For this Meeting Rule D9.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: D 9.5.1 In each case the Race will be restarted from the five (5) minute signal. The Pit Lane Exit will close at the three (3) minute signal. 2.15 RULE C 8.3.6 For all Ford, and Holden Motor Sport engines, the maximum inlet valve diameter is 53.97mm (2.125 inches). 2.16 ITEMS NOT PERMITTED AT A MEETING The use of a chassis dyno by a Competitor or on a Competitor’s Car at a Meeting or during a

Meeting is prohibited. In addition, no Competitor is permitted to have a chassis dyno in their possession anywhere within the venue at any Meeting. 2.17 Rule D 14.4.3 14.4.3 For the VCS: 14.4.3.1 Series points will be awarded according to the tables contained in Schedule D 2; 14.4.3.2 The aggregate point score achieved by each driver in a Round will become the VCS points for that Round. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains

© AVESCO 2.18 SCHEDULE C4 COMPLETE WHEEL SPECIFICATION Please insert the following wording below the diagram contained in Schedule C4: Please note that this drawing is a graphical representation of a typical wheel only to clearly demonstrate the dimensions contained in this Schedule C.4. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 – MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES - All held in the circuit Media Centre.

3.1.1 Friday 11 November – (top 5) Immediately following Practice. 3.1.2 Saturday 12 November - (top 3) Immediately following Race 1. 3.1.3 Sunday 13 November - (top 3 Overall) Immediately following Race 3. 3.2 AUTOGRAH SESSION – LAUNCESTON MALL 3.2.1 Time: Thursday 10 November 12.00pm-1.00pm 3.2.2 Venue: Brisbane Street Mall, Launceston 3.2.3 Drivers: Marcos Ambrose, Russell Ingall, Greg Murphy, Paul Weel, Jason Bargwanna, Mark Winterbottom, Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly, Craig Lowndes, Steve

Ellery, Steven Richards, Paul Dumbrell, Rick Kelly, Garth Tander, John Bowe, Brad Jones. 3.2.4 Attire: Team uniform – Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.3 MEET THE TASMANIA MEDIA 3.3.1 Time: Thursday 10 November 5.45pm – 6.30pm 3.3.2 Venue: Aurora Stadium, 6a Invermay Road. 3.3.3 Drivers: Marcos Ambrose, Russell Ingall, Craig Lowndes, Mark Skaife, Todd Kelly. 3.3.4 Attire: Team uniform – Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.4 OFFICIAL OPENING COCKTAIL PARTY WITH TASMANIAN PREMIER PAUL

LENNON 3.4.1 Time: Thursday 10 November 6.30pm-8.30pm 3.4.2 Venue: Aurora Stadium, 6a Invermay Road. 3.4.3 Drivers: Marcos Ambrose, Jason Bright, Greg Ritter, Jason Richards, Jamie Whincup, Steven Johnson, Glenn Seton, Cameron McConville, GRM TBA, Craig Baird, David Besnard, Anthony Tratt, Matthew White, Max Wilson, Alex Davison, Paul Morris, Paul Radisich. 3.4.4 Attire: Team uniform – Team shirt, dress pants and dress shoes. 3.5 DRIVERS PARADE: 3.5.1 Time: Sunday 13 November 11.35am

3.5.2 Venue: Drivers to assemble at cars in pit lane in garage order at 11.30am. 3.5.3 Drivers: Compulsory for ALL drivers. 3.5.4 Attire: Race Suits must be worn.. 3.5.5 Team or sponsor related promotional personnel or promotional material is prohibited in the parade vehicles. 3.6 COMPULSORY PIT WALK (To be read in conjunction with Rule E2.8) 3.6.1 Date: Sunday 13 November 3.6.2 Time: 1000 - 1040 3.6.3 Teams must provide Tensa Barriers across the front of the garages in an even line

down pit lane, table and chairs for drivers and ensure team personnel are present to maintain security of equipment and drivers during the walk. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO It is advised that for autograph signing purposes a second, smaller line of Tensa Barriers be placed on the outside of the perimeter and used for “in and out” lanes for the public. It is recommended a team member man each end of this lane to ensure

flow of people, rather than allowing people to surge around and towards drivers. To facilitate the prompt clearing of Pit Lane at the conclusion of the session, teams are to roll their cars back into the garage, remove drivers from pit lane and temporarily close the garage doors immediately once the session concludes. Schedule: 10 minutes prior: Teams begin setting up Tensa barriers, tables and chairs for drivers. Tensa barriers to be linked to adjacent team barriers to form one line down pit lane. Teams roll out cars at 45 degrees with

the nose pointing towards pit exit 5 minutes prior: Drivers to be seated for autographs Conclusion: Drivers removed from pit lane. Teams roll cars back into garage, drivers exit and garage doors to be closed. Security, Police and AVESCO clear pit lane CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of bicycles, motorcycles or the use of rollerblades or roller skates or skate boards or any other similar devices within the Pit and Paddock area is prohibited at all

times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways. 4.1.3 The roads in the Paddock area are clearly marked with large white line markings, as well as a sign near the entry to the Paddock advising the direction of travel. All vehicles must travel in the direction indicated. 4.1.4 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.4.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.1.4.2 Saturday 0800 – 1700

4.1.4.3 Sunday 0800 – After V8 Supercar Race 3 4.2 POLE POSITION Pole position is located on the left hand side of the circuit at the start line. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Friday 11 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0800 1300 V8 Supercars Scrutineering 0800 1300 V8 Supercars Document Check 0800 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 0900 0920 V8 Utes

20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0930 0950 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1000 1025 Lotus Exige 25 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1035 1055 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 1100 V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 10 minutes 1105 1125 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1130 1150 Capa Stunt Team 20 minutes 5 minutes 1155 1215 V8 Utes 20 minutes Practice 2 1200 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing 10 minutes 1225 1245 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Qualifying

10 minutes 1255 1315 Lotus Exige 20 minutes Qualifying 1 15 minutes 1330 1530 V8 Supercars 2 hours Practice After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1540 1600 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 1 5 minutes 1605 1625 V8 Utes 20 minutes Qualifying 5 minutes 1630 1700 V8 Supercars Meeting Rides 1730 V8 Supercars Competitors & Drivers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 10 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 5.2

Saturday 12 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 10 minutes 0930 0940 Aussie Race Cars 10 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 0950 1010 Lotus Exige 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1020 1040 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1050 1110 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1120 1135 V8 Utes 15 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1150 1210 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1215 1235 V8 Supercars 20 minutes

Upper 50% Qualifying 15 minutes 1250 1320 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out 10 minutes 1330 1350 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1400 1420 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 1 5 minutes 1425 1440 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1450 1505 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 1 10 minutes 1515 1530 Lotus Exige 15 minutes Race 2 1530 1540 Stunt Bikes 10 minutes 20 minutes 1535 1620 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1700 1720 GT Performance

20 minutes Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 13 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Safety Car Rides 20 minutes 10 minutes 0930 0955 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 2 5 minutes 1000 1040 V8 Supercars 40 minutes Pit Walk 10 minutes 1050 1110 Lotus Exige 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1120 1130 Aussie Race Cars 10 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1135 1200 Pre Race Entertainment

25 minutes Incl. Parade lap& Stunt Team 20 minutes 1220 1310 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1320 1335 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Race 2 10 minutes 1345 1400 GT Performance 15 minutes Race 3 5 minutes 1405 1420 VB Challenge 15 minutes 10 minutes 1430 1450 V8 Utes 20 minutes Race 3 1450 1500 Stunt Bikes 10 minutes 20 minutes 1520 1610 V8 Supercars 42 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1635 1655 Lotus Exige

20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 1705 1725 Aussie Race Cars 20 minutes Race 4 Dick Caplice Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 12 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO ATTACHMENT A Car Entrant 1 Stone Brothers Racing Pty Ltd 2 Skaife Sports Pty Ltd 3 Tasman Motorsport Pty Ltd 5 Prodrive Racing (Australia) Pty Ltd 6 Prodrive Racing (Australia) Pty Ltd 7 Rod Nash Racing Pty Ltd 8 WPS Racing Pty Ltd 9 Stone Brothers Racing Pty Ltd

10 M-Tek Pty Ltd 11 Paramount Motorsport Pty Ltd 12 Brad Jones Racing Pty Ltd 15 Motorsport Holdings Pty Ltd 16 Motorsport Holdings Pty Ltd 17 Vendace Pty Ltd 18 Vendace Pty Ltd 20 M-Tek Pty Ltd 21 Brad Jones Racing Pty Ltd 021 Team Kiwi Racing 22 Skaife Sports Pty Ltd 23 Tasman Motorsport Pty Ltd 24 Paramount Motorsport Pty Ltd 33 Garry Rogers Motorsport 34 Garry Rogers Motorsport 45 Longhurst Racing Pty Ltd 48 WPS Racing Pty Ltd 50 PWR Racing Pty Ltd 51 PWR Racing Pty Ltd 52

Britek Motorsport Pty Ltd 67 NEMO Racing Pty Ltd 75 Paul Little Racing Pty Ltd 88 Triple Eight Race Engineering 888 Triple Eight Race Engineering V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 13 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 11 Symmons Plains © AVESCO

2005 SUPER CHEAP AUTO 1000 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/0910/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR THE HPDC V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 6 CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “Super Cheap Auto 1000” (hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”) which will also comprise Round 6 of the 2005 HPDC V8 Supercar Series, and will be held at Mount Panorama – Bathurst, New South Wales, Australia on 5-9 October, 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS

1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in confliction with the Rules, these Supplementary Regulations and any Further Supplementary Regulations and instructions that may be issued. 1.2.2 The HPDC V8 Supercar Series – Round 6 will be a National Championship Event. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF

1.3.1 Promoter: AVESCO Events Pty Ltd Level 1, 64 Marine Parade, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5526 3564. Facsimile: (07) 5526 3461 1.3.2 Organiser: AVESCO Events Pty Ltd Level 1, 64 Marine Parade, Southport, Queensland, 4215 Telephone: (07) 5526 3564. Facsimile: (07) 5526 3461 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Shane Howard, Samantha Redfern, Steve Preece and David Kidd 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Keith Morris (Chief), Steven Chopping & Peter Drew 1.3.5 HPDC V8 Supercar Race Director:

Jose van den Dungen 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 HPDC V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Michael Masi 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Geoff Leeds 1.3.10 HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: David Kidd 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Steve Preece 1.3.13 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Jose van den Dungen, Colin Bond, David Miller,

Keith Nicolls, Mike Bailey and Kerry Tunks (2) Finish: Lisa Drayton, Sid Herold, George Chrobak and Alan Grix (3) Pit Lane Speed: Doug Reid, Geoffrey Banham, Michelle Luke and Lesley Butler (4) Noise: To be advised in a Bulletin V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Michael Masi, Steven Brow, Frank Lowndes, Ross Haining, Kurt Sakzewski, Frank Adamson & Tony Milton

1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 6.213 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: HPDC V8 Supercars – 55. 1.4.4 Control Line: Is adjacent to the finish line. 1.4.5 Notice Board: Located in Tower 3, outside the Secretary of the Meeting’s Office on the 1st Floor of the Race Control Building 1.4.6 Stewards Office: Located in Tower 3, on the 2nd Floor of the Race Control Building 1.4.7 IPO Office: Located in Tower 3, on the 2nd Floor of the Race Control Building

1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 Competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Tuesday 4 October 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that time. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR RACES 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules.

1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 14 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (formerly a C4) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 1200 on Tuesday 4 October. No Team is permitted to enter the circuit prior to this time. 1.8.2

Set up of all transporters in the HPDC V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the DOM. 1.8.3 Access to the Paddock area is by: 1.8.3.1 If the track is open: passing through the admission entry gates and along the Pit Straight and left into the Paddock via the Mountain Straight Gate. 1.8.3.2 If the track is closed: passing through the admission entry gates and left onto the road which passes through the Chase tunnel and into the Paddock Area. NOTE: The tunnel is 3.1 metres high x 2.7 metres wide

1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION 1.9.1 For HPDC V8 Supercars, at this Meeting only, Rule D2 is deleted. 1.9.2 Pit Lane order will be determined by the DOM. 1.9.3 Paddock spaces will be determined by the DOM. 1.9.4 HPDC Cars are not permitted to be garaged in the VCS paddock or garages. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the DOM prior to Practice 1. 1.10.4 Passes may be left by Teams at the Event Accreditation Office: 1.10.4.1 which is located in the Forestry Commission car park in Panorama Drive before the entrance gates; and

1.10.4.2 which will be open at the following times: Monday 3 & Tuesday 4 October: 0700 – 1900 Wednesday 5 – Saturday 8 October: 0600 – 1900 Sunday 9 October: 0600 – 1030 1.11 TEAM PARKING 1.11.1 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the Event Accreditation Office, which is located in the Forestry Commission car park on Panorama Drive before the entrance gates. Each Car will be allocated the following pass: 1 x Paddock Car pass for a Tender Vehicle 1.11.2 All other Team vehicles will be permitted to park in the VIP / Team Car Park located

at Harris Park. Entry to this car park will be granted upon display of your HPDC V8 Supercar Series Accreditation Card. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1200 on Tuesday 4 October at the Dunlop facility located in the V8 Supercar Paddock Area. CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1 DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 5 October at the AVESCO Transporter, for those attending their first round of the

series for the year or for any Team who has changed any details contained on their Entry Form. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Wednesday 5 October and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2 BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Wednesday 5 October in the Drivers Meeting Room, which is located adjacent to the Scrutineering Bay in the Paddock Area. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Thursday 6

October in the Drivers Meeting Room, which is located adjacent to the Scrutineering Bay in the Paddock Area. Note: Competitors and Drivers must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the briefings (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on

practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Rule D 5, be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable.

2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be based on the finishing position of each driver in Race 1. 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 19.2 (located on Drivers right on “Conrod Straight”): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.6.2

A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.7.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation or on stage during any Media Conference. 2.7.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in

front of the Podium at any time. 2.7.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to

display these materials in these areas. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Wednesday 5 October. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1. 2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be confirmed in a bulletin. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst

© AVESCO 2.10 YELLOW FLASHING LIGHTS The yellow flashing lights located at Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 11 (Skyline) are a warning that there is a yellow flag sector ahead between Turn 10 (McPhillamy Park) and Turn 18 (Forrest Elbow). These lights are for information purposes only and DO NOT have any regulatory purpose. 2.11 PIT LANE ENTRY AND EXIT 2.11.1 No part of the car shall touch the solid white and yellow line or yellow floppies that delineate the pit lane entry from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed.

2.11.2 No part of the car shall touch the yellow floppies that delineate the pit lane exit from the track. In such case penalties may be imposed. 2.11.3 The Judges of Fact for Pit Lane entry and exit will be advised by Bulletin. 2.12 Rule D 9.5 Case A & B Restarts Please delete Rule D 9.5 for this Meeting and replace with the following: In each case the Race will be restarted from the five (5) minute signal. The Pit Lane Exit will close at the two (2) minute signal. 2.13 RULE C 8.3.6

For all Ford, and Holden Motor Sport engines, the maximum inlet valve diameter is 53.97mm (2.125 inches). 2.14 ITEMS NOT PERMITTED AT A MEETING The use of a chassis dyno by a Competitor or on a Competitor’s Car at a Meeting or during a Meeting is prohibited. In addition, no Competitor is permitted to have a chassis dyno in their possession anywhere within the venue at any Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst

© AVESCO CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 7 October – (top 3) Immediately following Race 1 3.1.2 Saturday 8 October – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation CHAPTER 4 - SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of unregistered two wheeled vehicles (mini bikes and scooters of any kind), within the Pit Lane and Paddock Area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 A Speed limit of 10km/p applies to all vehicle movements in and around the Paddock.

4.1.3 No barbeques are permitted in any Pit Lane garages. 4.2 EVENT OPERATING HOURS The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.2.1 Thursday 0800 - 1700 4.2.2 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.2.3 Saturday 0800 – After HPDC V8 Supercar Race 2 4.3 WASTE PRODUCTS 4.3.1 All personnel must be made aware of the fact that NO waste of any nature may be tipped into the storm water drains located within the support compound. 4.3.2 All storm water drains lead directly to the Macquarie River and the Environmental

Protection Agency (EPA) will be monitoring the situation in the lead up and through out the Event. 4.3.3 This ban includes the washing of any wheel rims within the vicinity of storm water drains. 4.3.4 Competitors are advised that the EPA are taking an extremely proactive approach to this matter and Teams are put on notice that any infringement of this directive will result in action being taken by either the Promoter or the EPA or both; the EPA has the ability to prosecute offenders with heavy penalties.

4.3.5 The Promoter has provided an area for the disposal of waste oil and/or fluid products, that is located near the circuit Fuel dump. This is not for the disposal of used car parts (i.e oil filters etc). 4.4 TRUCK WASHING Due to water restriction transporters are not permitted to be washed in the Paddock area. 4.5 FUEL STORAGE The maximum quantity of fuel that can be stored in any location at any time is 250 litres, except that a maximum of 450 litres of fuel may be stored in any location only for a period of

less than twelve (12) hours. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 TUESDAY 4 OCTOBER Start Finish Description Duration Session 1200 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1200 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars Access to Circuit 5.2 WEDNESDAY 5 OCTOBER Start Finish Description Duration Session 1000 V8 Supercars Transporter Parade 1000 1600 V8 Supercars &

HPDC V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1300 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing TBA V8 Supercars Public Appearance V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO 5.3 THURSDAY 6 OCTOBER Start Finish Description Duration Session 0825 0845 Historic Touring Cars

20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0900 0920 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 0935 1010 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1025 1045 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1100 1300 V8 Supercars 120 minutes Practice 1 After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1310 1410 Resident Access 60 minutes 10 minutes 1420 1455 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 2 15 minutes 1510 1530 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes

1545 1605 Lotus Exige Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1620 1640 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Lower 50% 10 minutes 1650 1710 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Qualifying Upper 50% 1730 HPDC V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO 5.4 FRIDAY 7 OCTOBER Start Finish Description Duration Session 0800 0820 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying

15 minutes 0835 0855 Historic Touring Cars 8 laps Race 1 20 minutes 0915 0935 Lotus Exige Trophy 6 laps Race 1 20 minutes 0955 1025 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1035 1105 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Practice 3 10 minutes 1115 1215 Resident Access 1200 V8 Supercars Refuelling Safety Briefing 1215 1225 Prize Winners’ Hot Laps 10 minutes 20 minutes 1245 1325 HPDC V8 Supercars 14 laps Race 1 After Race HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1335 1350 Entertainment Session

15 minutes 10 minutes 1400 1445 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 10 minutes 1455 1540 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying V8 Supercars Media Conference 20 minutes 1600 1620 Carrera Cup 8 laps Race 1 5 minutes 1625 1635 Network Ten Session 10 minutes 15 minutes 1650 1710 Historic Touring Cars 8 laps Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO

5.5 SATURDAY 8 OCTOBER Start Finish Description Duration Session 0800 0820 VB Challenge 20 minutes 20 minutes 0840 0900 Lotus Exige Trophy 6 laps Race 2 20 minutes 0920 0940 Historic Touring Cars 8 laps Race 3 20 minutes 1000 1100 V8 Supercars 60 minutes Practice 4 20 minutes 1120 1140 Carrera Cup 8 laps Race 2 5 minutes 1145 1245 Resident Access 60 minutes 1145 1245 V8 Supercars 60 minutes Pit Walk 15 minutes 1250 1310 Air Display 20 minutes 1300 1315 Entertainment Session 15 minutes

30 minutes 1335 1415 HPDC V8 Supercars 14 laps Race 2 After Race HPDC V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium After Podium HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 1430 1445 Entertainment Session 15 minutes 15 minutes 1500 1520 Lotus Exige Trophy 6 laps Race 3 20 minutes 1540 1625 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Top 10 Shoot Out After Shoot Out V8 Supercars Media Conference 10 minutes 1635 1655 Safety & Course Car Rides 20 minutes 1730 V8 Supercars Competitors and Drivers’ Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 10 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO 5.6 SUNDAY 9 OCTOBER Start Finish DESCRIPTION Duration Session 0715 0735 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Warm Up 0735 0750 Air Display 20 minutes 5 minutes 0755 0815 Carrera Cup 8 laps Race 3 5 minutes 0820 0945 Pre-race Activities including VB Challenge and Drivers Parade* 85 minutes 0930 Pit Exit Opens 0945 Pit Exit Closed 1000 1745 SCA 1000 V8 SUPERCARS 161 laps Race Race end SCA 1000 V8 SUPERCARS

30 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium SCA 1000 V8 SUPERCARS Media Conference David Kidd Secretary of the Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 11 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 6 – Bathurst © AVESCO

2005 HOLDEN PERFORMANCE DRIVING CENTRE V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 3 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/1007/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series – Round 3”, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting” and will be held at the Eastern Creek International Raceway, NSW on 8-10 July 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in confliction with the Rules, these Supplementary Regulations and any Further Supplementary Regulations and instructions that may be issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National Championship Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208

1.3.2 Organiser: Australian Racing Drivers’ Club P.O. Box 6747, Blacktown Delivery Centre, NSW, 2148 Telephone: (02) 9672 1000 Facsimile: (02) 9672 0208 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Brian Goulding, Geoff Arnold, Steve Preece, Michael Hancock 1.3.4 HPDC V8 Supercar Stewards: Keith Morris (Chief), John Sendall, Syd Grevett 1.3.5 HPDC V8 Supercar Race Director: Jose van den Dungen 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer:

Colin Bond 1.3.8 HPDC V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Michael Masi 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Geoff Leeds 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Brian Goulding 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Michael Hancock 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Steve Williams, Phillip Livingstone & Dave Miller (2) Finish: Peter Coogan, Steve Williams & Phillip Livingstone (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be advised in a Bulletin (4) Noise:

Merv Rixon, Gary Robson (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Michael Masi, Steven Brow & Frank Adamson V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 3.93 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: HPDC V8 Supercars – 47 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located at the Race Secretary's office on the outside of the Western wall. 1.4.5 Stewards Office:

Located on the Ground Floor of the Control Tower 1.4.6 IPO Office: To be advised in a Bulletin 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 V8 Supercar competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 7 July 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that date. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 12 laps and 1 Race of 22 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (formerly a C4) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT

1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit via gates 7 and 7b from 0800 on Friday 8 July to set up in the Paddock area. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the DOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Lane garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the HPDC V8 Supercar Operations Manager (DOM). 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the DOM prior to Practice 1. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and

4 x VIP Car passes. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the DOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Friday 8 July at the Dunlop facility located in the Pit Lane Garages. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see

Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 16:00 and 16:30 on Saturday 9 July. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7)

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 8 July at the AVESCO Transporter, for those attending their first round of the series for the year or for any Team who has changed any details contained on their Entry Form. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 8 July and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS

2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 8 July in the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane Corporate Suites. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1715 on Saturday 9 July in the Horsley Centre located at the Control Tower end of the Pit Lane Corporate Suites. Note: Competitors and Drivers must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the briefings (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO

2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last place getter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be

allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start,

may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 9.3 (on driver’s left): the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange

Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.7.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.7.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 8 July. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1. 2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be confirmed in a bulletin. 2.8 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the Races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact

Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during Races. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 9 July – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 10 July – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation 3.2 HPDC V8 SUPERCAR SERIES LOGO The HPDC V8 Supercar Series logo is the only series logo permitted to be displayed by all

HPDC V8 Supercar Series Teams. The use of the “Development Series” logo by any Team or Participant is strictly prohibited. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of two wheeled vehicle (including bicycles, mini bikes and scooters of any kind), or the use of rollerblades, roller skates or skate boards or similar within the Pit Lane and Paddock area is prohibited at all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses

the roads and footways. 4.1.3 At the conclusion of each practice and qualifying session and at the end of each Race, (indicated by the chequered flag at the start/finish line on the main straight) drivers must continue around the circuit and use the pit entry lane to return to their pit garages, subject to directions from officials. 4.1.4 Any driver whose Car enters the paddock area through the back gate during any Race will be excluded from that Race. 4.2 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacles provided.

4.3 EVENT OPERATING HOURS 4.3.1 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.3.1.1 Saturday 0900 – 1700 4.3.1.2 Sunday 0900 – After HPDC V8 Supercar Race 3 4.4 TRUCK WASHING A new truck washing bay is located on the paddock entrance road just after the tunnel near the medical centre. This is the only place where vehicles of any type can be washed due to the current NSW water restrictions. HEAVY FINES APPLY. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 5 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 8 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1020 Historic Touring Cars 20 mins Practice 1 10 mins 1030 1050 Formula Ford 20 mins Practice 1 10 mins 1100 1120 Saloon Cars 20 mins Practice 1 10 mins 1130 1150

Historic Touring Cars 20 mins Practice 2 10 mins 1200 1220 Formula Ford 20 mins Practice 2 10 mins 1230 1250 Saloon Cars 20 mins Practice 2 10 mins 1300 1320 Historic Touring Cars 20 mins Practice 3 10 mins 1330 1350 Formula Ford 20 mins Practice 3 10 mins 1400 1420 Saloon Cars 20 mins Practice 3 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers meeting 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO

5.2 Saturday 9 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Historic Touring Cars 20 mins Qualifying 1 5 mins 0925 0945 Commodore Cup 20 mins Practice 1 15 mins 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 mins Practice 1 15 mins 1050 1110 Historic Touring Cars 20 mins Qualifying 2 5 mins 1115 1135 Formula Ford 20 mins Qualifying 5 mins 1140 1155 Commodore Cup 15 mins Qualifying 1 15 mins 1210 1245 V8 Supercar 35 mins Practice 2 15 mins 1300 1320 Saloon Cars 20 mins Qualifying 1 10 mins

1330 1355 Historic Touring Cars 10 laps Race 1 20 mins 1415 1435 V8 Supercar (Lower 50%) 20 mins Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 mins 1440 1500 V8 Supercar (Upper 50%) 20 mins Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying Media Conference 1505 1520 Commodore Cup 15 mins Qualifying 2 10 mins 1530 1550 Formula Ford 10 laps Race 1 10 mins 1600 1630 V8 Supercar 30 mins Meeting Rides 10 mins 1640 1705 Saloon Cars 10 laps Race 1 1715 V8 Supercar Competitors & Drivers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 7 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 10 July Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0930 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 1 10 mins 0940 1005 Historic Touring Cars 10 laps Race 2 25 mins 1030 V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 1 15 mins 1110 1135 Formula Ford 10 laps Race 2 15 mins 1150 1215 Saloon Cars 10 laps Race 2 30 mins 1245 V8 Supercars 12 laps Race 2 (Reverse Grid) 15 mins 1330 1400 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 2

10 mins 1410 1435 Historic Touring Cars 10 laps Race 3 25 mins 1500 V8 Supercars 22 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 mins Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 1600 1625 Formula Ford 10 Laps Race 3 10 mins 1635 1700 Saloon Cars 10 Laps Race 3 Brian Goulding Secretary of the Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 3 – Eastern Creek © AVESCO

2005 HOLDEN PERFORMANCE DRIVING CENTRE V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 5 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/2108/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series – Round 5”, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting” and will be held at the Mallala Motor Sport Park, South Australia on 19-21 August 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in confliction with the Rules, these Supplementary Regulations and any Further Supplementary Regulations and instructions that may be issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National Championship Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Mallala Motorsport Park P/L 1050 South Road, Edwardstown, South Australia, 5039 Telephone:08 8276 7744, Facsimile: 08 8276 7290

1.3.2 Organiser: Sporting Car Club of S.A. Inc. 51 King William Road, Unley, South Australia, 5061. Telephone: (08) 8217 5689; Facsimile: (08) 8272 5396 Email address: specevents@iprimus.com.au 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Neville Pym, Chris Green, Rob Mead, Jack Holding, Vince Ciccarello. 1.3.4 HPDC V8 Supercar Stewards: Keith Morris (Chief), Leyland George & David Stimson 1.3.5 HPDC V8 Supercar Race Director: Jose van den Dungen 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director:

Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 HPDC V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Michael Masi 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Geoff Leeds 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: June Bunker Marratt 1.3.12 Clerk of Course Chris Green 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Chris Green, Peter Green (2) Finish: Barry Frost (3) Pit Lane Speed: Tony Bradley (4) Noise: David Bunker

(5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Michael Masi, Steven Brow & Frank Adamson V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala © AVESCO 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.6 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: HPDC V8 Supercars – 30 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located inside the Office of the Secretary of the Meeting, behind the Race Control Building. 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located next to the Office of the Secretary of the Meeting, behind

the Race Control Building. 1.4.6 IPO Office: To be advised in a Bulletin 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 V8 Supercar competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 18 August 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a

change after that date. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 16 laps and 1 Race of 28 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules. 1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (formerly a C4) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT

1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0800 on Friday 19 August to set up in the Paddock area. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the DOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Paddock Garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars. Garage and Pit Bay allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2 which will be administered by the DOM. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers.

1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the DOM prior to Practice 1. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and

4 x VIP Car passes. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala © AVESCO 1.11 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the DOM, in conjunction with the Organisers. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Friday 19 August at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock Area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated Corporate or Media Rides at this Meeting (see

Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 16:05 and 16:35 on Saturday 20 August. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7)

CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 19 August at the AVESCO Transporter, for those attending their first round of the series for the year or for any Team who has changed any details contained on their Entry Form. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 19 August and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area.

2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Friday 19 August in the Briefing Room adjacent to the scrutineering bay. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1730 on Saturday 20 August in the Briefing Room adjacent to the scrutineering bay. Note: Competitors and Drivers must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the briefings (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala

© AVESCO 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last place getter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be

allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1 any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.4.2 drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start,

may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 7: the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc.

2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.7.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.7.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 19 August. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1. 2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be confirmed in a bulletin. 2.8 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the Races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact

Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during Races. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 20 August – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 21 August – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The use of unregistered motorised minibikes and scooters is prohibited within the

boundaries of the Mallala Motorsport Park. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways. 4.1.3 The Speed limit for all vehicles inside the Paddock Area is 10 km/h 4.2 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacles provided. Oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground. 4.3 EVENT OPERATING HOURS 4.3.1 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows:

4.3.1.1 Saturday 0900 – 1700 4.3.1.2 Sunday 0900 – After HPDC V8 Supercar Race 3 4.4 MARQUEES / CORPORATE HOSPITALITY The hire or erection of Marquees must be pre-arranged with the circuit & corporate hospitality is not permitted within the Paddock area. Marquees & corporate hospitality may be arranged with Clem Smith – Ph (08) 8276 7744, Mob 0428 819483. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala © AVESCO

CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 19 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1000 1025 Formula Ford 25 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1035 1100 Lotus Trophy 25 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1110 1130 V8 Utes 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1140 1200 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Practice 60 minutes 1300 1325 Formula Ford 25 minutes Practice 10 minutes

1335 1400 Lotus Trophy 25 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1410 1430 V8 Utes 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1440 1500 Historic Touring Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers meeting 10 minutes 1510 1540 V8 Utes 30 minutes Meeting Rides 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 20 August Start Finish Category Duration Session

900 920 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 930 945 Historic Touring Cars 15 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 15 minutes 1050 1115 Lotus Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1125 1145 V8 Utes 20 minutes Practice 15 minutes 1200 1235 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1245 1305 Formula Ford 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1315 1330 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1340 1355 Historic Touring Cars 10 laps

Race 1 20 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Supercar (Lower 50%) 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Supercar (Upper 50%) 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying Media Conference 5 minutes 1505 1530 Lotus Trophy 25 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1540 1555 Commodore Cup 15 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1605 1635 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1640 1700 V8 Utes 20 minutes Qualifying 10 minutes 1710 1730 Formula Ford 12 Laps Race 1 1730 V8 Supercar

Competitors & Drivers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 21 August Start Finish Category Duration Session 830 850 Commodore Cup 12 Laps Race 1 10 minutes 900 920 Lotus Trophy 12 laps Race 1 10 minutes 930 945 Historic Touring Cars 10 laps Race 2 10 minutes 955 1010 V8 Utes 9 laps Race 1 25 minutes 1035 V8 Supercars 16 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1105 1120 Formula Ford

12 laps Race 2 5 minutes 1125 1135 Muscle Car Parade 10 minutes 10 minutes 1145 1205 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1215 1230 Historic Touring Cars 10 laps Race 3 25 minutes 1255 V8 Supercars 16 laps Race 2 (Reverse Grid) 10 minutes 1320 1330 Muscle Car Parade 10 minutes 10 minutes 1340 1400 Lotus Trophy 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1410 1425 Formula Ford 12 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1435 1450 V8 Utes 9 laps Race 2 25 minutes 1515 V8 Supercars 28 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars

15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 1610 1620 Muscle Car Parade 10 minutes 10 minutes 1630 1650 Lotus Trophy 12 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1700 1715 V8 Utes 9 laps Race 3 June Bunker-Marratt Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 5 – Mallala © AVESCO

2005 HOLDEN PERFORMANCE DRIVING CENTRE V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 7 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/2711/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 BigPond Grand Finale” which will also comprise the 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series – Round 7, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting”, and will be held at Phillip Island Grand Prix Circuit, Phillip Island on 24-27

November 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS and the Phillip Island Standing Race Regulations (Issue 02/2003), which are not in conflict with the Rules of the AVESCO Operations Manual, the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), the Supplementary Regulations, any Further Regulations or instructions and any Bulletins issued.

1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National Championship Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: AVESCO Events Pty Ltd P.O Box 607, Southport, QLD 4215 Telephone: (07) 5526 3564 Facsimile: (07) 5526 3461 1.3.2 Organiser: PI Operations Pty Ltd RMB 500GP, Cowes VIC 3922 Tel: (03) 5952 2710 Fax: (03) 5952 3160 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Fergus Cameron, Chris Cameron, Peter Nelson, Shane Howard, Sam Redfern 1.3.4 HPDC V8 Supercar Stewards: Keith Morris (Chief), Steven Chopping and Peter

Drew 1.3.5 HPDC V8 Supercar Race Director: Jose van den Dungen 1.3.6 HPDC V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Frank Lowndes 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 HPDC V8 Supercar Operations Manager: Michael Masi 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: Geoff Leeds 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.11 Secretary of the Meeting: Geoff Bull 1.3.12 Chief Medical Officer: Dr Carl Le 1.3.13 Clerk of Course

Henk Duncan 1.3.14 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Alf Pearce, Tony van den Dungen, Shane Bull (2) Finish: Alf Pearce, Tony van den Dungen, Shane Bull (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be confirmed in a Bulletin (4) Noise: To be confirmed in a Bulletin V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Michael Masi, Frank Lowndes, Tony Milton, Steven Brow, and Frank Adamson

1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 4.445 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Anti-Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: HPDC V8 Supercars – 40 1.4.4 Notice Board: Located on the Ground Floor on the Northern outside wall of the Race Control Tower 1.4.5 Stewards Office: Located on the first (1st) floor of the Race Control Tower 1.4.6 IPO Office: To be confirmed in a Bulletin 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 V8 Supercar competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to confirm

entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 1700 on Wednesday 23 November 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that date. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 19 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules.

1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (formerly a C4) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT 1.8.1 Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit from 0800 on Thursday 24 November to set up in the Paddock area. 1.8.2 Set up of all transporters in the V8 Supercar Paddock must comply with the directions of the DOM. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION 1.9.1 For HPDC V8 Supercars, at this Meeting only, Rule D2 is deleted.

1.9.2 Pit Lane order will be determined by the DOM. 1.9.3 Paddock spaces will be determined by the DOM. 1.9.4 HPDC Cars are not permitted to be garaged in the VCS paddock or garages. 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1 The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the

holder of the blank pass. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO 1.10.3 The completed forms must be handed in to the DOM prior to Practice 1. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the Accreditation Office, located adjacent to Gate 1. Each Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and 2 x VIP Car passes. 1.10.5 Driver’s will be supplied two (2) Guest Passes for this Meeting. These will be

available from the Accreditation Office which is located adjacent to Gate 1. 1.11 TEAM PARKING 1.11.1 The Paddock Car pass will entitle parking in the VIP/Teams Car Park (V8 Supercar Car Park). This is located in the Paddock area immediately behind the Fuel Compound. Access is via Gate 1 and through the Tunnel. See the attached circuit map. 1.11.2 The two (2) VIP Car Passes will be permitted to park in the VIP Car Park that is located adjacent to the Tunnel entry. A shuttle bus service will be operating between

this Car Park and the V8 Supercar Paddock Area. 1.12 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Thursday 24 November at the Dunlop facility located in the Paddock Area. 1.13 MEETING RIDES 1.13.1 Competitors that have been allocated Corporate or Media Rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.13.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in

Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5. 1.13.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 1640 and 1700 on Friday 25 November. 1.13.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7). CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 24 November at the AVESCO Transporter, for those attending their first round of the series for the year or for any Team who has changed any details contained on their

Entry Form. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Thursday 24 November and will be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Managers will be held at 1600 on Thursday 24 November in the Catering Area located behind the Race Control Tower. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1715 on Friday 25 November in the AVESCO Corporate Facility located on the Pit Lane Roof.

V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 3 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO Note: Competitors and Drivers must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the briefings (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances. 2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar

qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.2, be determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.2.1 any drivers who do not finish Race 1 may be permitted to start in the

subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.4.2.2 Drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.2.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable).

2.5 ADDITIONAL SIGNALLING POINT In addition to the flag signals shown at the Control Line, the following flag signals will be displayed from Flag Point 11: (on Drivers Left) : the Black Flag and the Black Flag with Orange Disc. 2.6 PIT LANE PENALTIES 2.6.1 No Pit Lane Penalty (PLP) may be commenced while the Safety Car Board is being displayed. 2.6.2 A Car will be deemed to have commenced a PLP when it crosses the line (real or imagined) that separates the race circuit from the Pit Lane access road, a Judge of

Fact will be appointed to determine when a Car so commences a PLP. 2.7 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.7.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation or on stage during any Media Conference. 2.7.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.7.3 Without prior permission of the MM or the OM, commercial, marketing and promotional

personnel or related materials, such as posters, banners, mascots, flags or signs, are not permitted in the direct vicinity, as determined by the MM or the OM, of the television interview area, parc ferme, podium presentation or media conference. This includes being in the direct line of sight in front of or behind these areas. Team V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO members or those directly concerned with the actual Team are also not permitted to

display these materials in these areas. 2.8 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1700 on Wednesday 23 November. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1. 2.9 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be confirmed in a bulletin. 2.10 RULE D 9.5 CASE A & B RESTARTS For this Meeting Rule D9.5 is deleted and replaced with the following:

D 9.5.1 In each case the Race will be restarted from the five (5) minute signal. The Pit Lane Exit will close at the three (3) minute signal. 2.11 RULE C 8.3.6 For all Ford, and Holden Motor Sport engines, the maximum inlet valve diameter is 53.97mm (2.125 inches). 2.12 ITEMS NOT PERMITTED AT A MEETING The use of a chassis dyno by a Competitor or on a Competitor’s Car at a Meeting or during a Meeting is prohibited. In addition, no Competitor is permitted to have a chassis dyno in their

possession anywhere within the venue at any Meeting. 2.13 SCHEDULE C4 COMPLETE WHEEL SPECIFICATION Please insert the following wording below the diagram contained in Schedule C4: Please note that this drawing is a graphical representation of a typical wheel only to clearly demonstrate the dimensions contained in this Schedule C.4. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING

3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Friday 25 November – (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Saturday 26 November – (top 3) Immediately following Race 1 3.1.3 Sunday 27 November – (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PITS & PADDOCK 4.1.1 The riding of bicycles, motorcycles or the use of rollerblades or roller skates or skate boards or any other similar devices within the Pit and Paddock area is prohibited at

all times. 4.1.2 It is not permitted under any circumstances to place any extension lead that crosses the roads and footways. 4.1.3 The roads in the Paddock area are clearly marked with large white line markings, as well as a sign near the entry to the Paddock advising the direction of travel. All vehicles must travel in the direction indicated. 4.1.4 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.1.4.1 Friday 0800 – 1700 4.1.4.2 Saturday 0800 – 1700

4.1.4.3 Sunday 0800 – After HPDC V8 Supercar Race 2 4.2 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacles provided. Oil must not be tipped into rubbish bins or onto the ground. 4.3 LEAVING THE CIRCUIT Unless advised otherwise by the DOM, No Team Transporters are permitted to leave the circuit precinct before 1900hrs on Sunday 13 November in accordance with the instructions of Victorian Police. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island

© AVESCO CHAPTER 5 – MEETING PROGRAM 5.1 Thursday 24 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 1000 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Check 1000 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 HPDC V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1500 V8 Supercars & HPDC V8 Supercars Organisers Meeting 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO

5.2 Friday 25 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0730 1230 V8 Supercars Scrutineering 0730 1230 V8 Supercars Document Check 0730 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 0905 0940 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0950 1010 GT Performance 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1015 1035 Lotus Trophy 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1040 1100 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 1105 1125 GT Performance 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1140 1215 HPDC V8 Supercars 35 minutes

Practice 2 10 minutes 1225 1245 Lotus Trophy 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1300 1500 V8 Supercars 120 minutes Practice After Practice V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1515 1535 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying 5 minutes 1540 1600 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying After Qualifying HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1605 1635 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1640 1700 HPDC V8 Supercars 20 minutes Meeting Rides

1730 V8 Supercars and HPDC V8 Supercars Drivers and Competitors Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO 5.3 Saturday 26 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 0935 0955 Lotus Trophy 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1010 1030 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 1 15 minutes 1045 1105 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Lower 50% Qualifying

5 minutes 1110 1130 V8 Supercars 20 minutes Upper 50% Qualifying 15 minutes 1145 1215 V8 Supercars 30 minutes Shoot Out 15 minutes 1230 1250 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 1 25 minutes 1315 1345 HPDC V8 Supercars 19 laps Race 1 After Race HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1350 1405 VB Challenge 15 minutes 1350 1405 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 1415 1435 Lotus Trophy 20 minutes Race 2 15 minutes 1450 1510 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 2 30 minutes 1540 1625 V8 Supercars

23 laps Race 1 After Race V8 Supercars Media Conference 15 minutes 1640 1700 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 2 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 9 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO 5.4 Sunday 27 November Start Finish Category Duration Session 0910 0930 GT Performance 20 minutes Race 3 10 minutes 0940 1025 V8 Supercars 45 minutes Pit Walk 15 minutes 1040 1100 Carrera Cup 20 minutes Race 3 45 minutes 1145 V8 Supercars

32 laps Race 2 30 minutes 1320 HPDC V8 Supercars 19 laps Race 2 Race End HPDC V8 Supercars 15 minutes Podium Presentation After Podium HPDC V8 Supercars Media Conference 5 minutes 1410 1425 VB Challenge 15 minutes 1410 1425 Safety Car Rides 15 minutes 10 minutes 1435 1455 Lotus Trophy 20 minutes Race 3 30 minutes 1525 V8 Supercars 32 laps Race 3 After Race V8 Supercars 30 minutes Podium After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference Geoff Bull Secretary of the Meeting V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 10 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 7 – Phillip Island © AVESCO

2005 HOLDEN PERFORMANCE DRIVING CENTRE V8 SUPERCAR SERIES – ROUND 2 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/1505/01 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS CHAPTER 1 – STANDARD REQUIREMENTS 1.1 EVENT TITLE, DATE & VENUE The event will be known as the “2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series – Round 2”, hereinafter referred to as “the Meeting” and will be held at the Wakefield Park circuit on 13-15 May 2005. 1.2 ORGANISATION & STATUS 1.2.1 The Meeting will be held under the International Sporting Code of the Federation

Internationale de l’Automobile (FIA), the AVESCO Operations Manual Rules (“the Rules”), any applicable National Competition Rules of CAMS not in confliction with the Rules, these Supplementary Regulations and any Further Supplementary Regulations and instructions that may be issued. 1.2.2 The Meeting will be a National Championship Meeting. 1.3. ADMINISTRATION & EVENT STAFF 1.3.1 Promoter: Wakefield Park Management Pty Ltd Telephone: 02 4822 2811 Facsimile: 02 4822 2812 1.3.2 Organiser:

Wakefield Park Management Pty Ltd Telephone: 02 4822 2811 Facsimile: 02 4822 2812 Race Secretary: Phone/Facsimile: 02 4647 2825 1.3.3 Organising Committee: Judy Ellacott, Garry Willmington 1.3.4 V8 Supercar Stewards: Keith Morris (Chief), John Sendall, Syd Grevett 1.3.5 HPDC V8 Supercar Race Director: Jose van den Dungen 1.3.6 V8 Supercar Category Technical Director: Steven Brow 1.3.7 V8 Supercar Driving Standards Observer: Colin Bond 1.3.8 HPDC V8 Supercar Operations Manager:

Paul Taylor 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Investigating & Prosecuting Officer: TBA 1.3.9 HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager: Angela Edwards 1.3.10 Secretary of the Meeting: Judy Ellacott 1.3.11 Clerk of Course John Jones 1.3.12 Judges of Fact: (1) Start: Allan Grix, Phillip Livingstone, Lisa Drayton (2) Finish: Allan Grix, Phillip Livingstone, Lisa Drayton (3) Pit Lane Speed: To be advised in a Bulletin (4) Noise: To be advised in a Bulletin (5) Pit Lane Penalty: Vinnie Borgia, Paul Taylor, Steven Brow &

Frank Adamson 1.4 CIRCUIT DETAILS 1.4.1 Track Length: 2.2 Kilometres 1.4.2 Direction: Clockwise 1.4.3 Track density: V8 Supercars – 36 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 1.4.4 Stewards Office: Located in the Race Control Tower 1.4.5 IPO Office: TBA 1.5 ENTRIES 1.5.1 V8 Supercar competitors must have completed the AVESCO 2005 Entry/Registration Form, the Series Entry Form and the AVESCO Tyre Order & Payment Form to

confirm entry to this Meeting. Entries will close as per the date on the tyre order form. 1.5.2 No change of drivers will be accepted later than 17:00 on Thursday 12 May 2005, unless exceptional circumstances, as determined by the Series Stewards, warrant a change after that date. 1.6 V8 SUPERCAR EVENTS 1.6.1 The Meeting is only for cars complying with Division “C” of the Rules. 1.6.2 There will be 2 Races each of 17 laps and 1 Race of 30 laps. 1.6.3 Awards and conditions for the Meeting are those contained in the Rules.

1.7 LICENCE REQUIREMENTS Drivers must hold a current CAMS National Circuit (NC) Competition Licence (formerly a C4) or higher. All Competitors must have a current CAMS Competitor Licence. 1.8 ACCESS TO CIRCUIT Teams will be permitted to enter the Circuit on Friday 13 May from 0800 to set up in the paddock area. 1.9 GARAGE ALLOCATION Pit Lane garages will be reserved for V8 Supercars, and allocation will be made pursuant to Rule D2, which will be administered by the HPDC V8 Supercar Operations Manager

(DOM). 1.10 ACCREDITATION CARDS (PASSES) 1.10.1The Series Accreditation Cards will be recognised by the Organisers. 1.10.2 Where any Team has accepted one or more blank Series Accreditation passes, the Team must ensure that the AVESCO 2005 V8 SUPERCAR SERIES ACCREDITATION CARD SUMMARY FORM is completed in full and signed by the holder of the blank pass. 1.10.3The completed forms must be handed in to the DOM. 1.10.4 Vehicle passes will be available for collection at the circuit accreditation office. Each

Car will be allocated the following passes: 1 x Paddock Car pass; and 4 x VIP Car passes. 1.11 OFFICIAL NOTICE BOARD Located at the base of the race control tower 1.12 TEAM PARKING As advised to teams by the DOM, in conjunction with Garry Willmington from Wakefield Park. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 2 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 1.13 TYRE SELECTION Control tyre selection will take place at 1000 on Friday 13 May at the Dunlop facility located

in the paddock area. 1.14 MEETING RIDES 1.14.1 Competitors that have been allocated corporate or media rides at this Meeting (see Rule E 1) are reminded that they must give the HPDC V8 Supercar Media Manager, Angela Edwards, fourteen (14) days notice in writing of their intention to use their allocation. 1.14.2 Passengers carried in all Meeting Rides must comply with the conditions set out in Rules E 1.4 and E 1.5 1.14.3 Meeting Rides will be conducted between 16:00 and 16:30 on Saturday 14 May.

1.14.4 Teams permitted to undertake Meeting Rides are restricted to one flying lap (as defined in Rule E 1.7) CHAPTER 2 – SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 2.1. DOCUMENT VERIFICATION & SCRUTINEERING 2.1.1 Document Verification will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 13 May at the AVESCO Transporter, for those attending their first round of the series for the year or for any Team who has changed any details contained on their entry form. 2.1.2 Scrutineering will be conducted between 1000 and 1600 on Friday 13 May and will

be carried out at each Competitor’s assigned paddock area. 2.2. BRIEFINGS 2.2.1 A briefing for all Competitors’ Team Mangers will be held at 1600 on Friday 13 May in the corporate tent positioned near Turn 1. 2.2.2 A briefing for all Competitors and Drivers will be held at 1715 on Saturday 14 May in the corporate tent positioned near Turn 1. Note: Competitors and Drivers must attend at the time for, and for the duration of, the briefings (Rule D 4), unless excused by the Stewards in exceptional circumstances.

2.3 QUALIFYING 2.3.1 Qualifying will be split into two sessions, an Upper 50% and a Lower 50%, based on practice times, subject to Rule D 5.3.2 2.3.2 Any driver whose best qualifying lap exceeds 115% of the fastest V8 Supercar qualifying time achieved during the qualifying sessions will not be permitted to start in any Race; unless either Rule D 5.1.2 or Rule D 5.1.5 applies. 2.4 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.4.1 Grid positions for Race 1 will, subject to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4, be

determined solely by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session, whichever session is applicable. 2.4.2 Grid positions for Race 2 will be the reversed finish order of all cars that were classified finishers in Race 1. The effect of this regulation means that the last placegetter in Race 1 will be allocated grid position 1, the second last placegetter will be allocated grid position 2 and so on (Rule D 6.2.2). V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations

Page 3 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 2.4.3 Grid positions for Race 3 will be based on aggregating the finishing results of Race 1 and Race 2 pursuant to Rule D 6.2.3. 2.4.4 Unless otherwise determined by the Stewards; 2.4.4.1any drivers who do not finish Races 1 or 2 may be permitted to start in the subsequent Race from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable); and

2.4.4.2drivers who had qualified to start in any Race but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in any subsequent Race from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if any) permitted to start in the relevant Race pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.4.4.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying or Race time (whichever is applicable). 2.5 PODIUM PRESENTATION 2.5.1 No beverages other than the official champagne, “unbranded” bottled water or as supplied by the organisers, are permitted on the Podium during any presentation.

2.5.2 No promotional or marketing material is permitted on the Podium or to be held aloft in front of the Podium at any time. 2.6 TEAM RADIO FREQUENCIES Any Competitor that has changed its radio frequencies from those nominated on its yearly entry must notify McCall Communications by 1300 on Friday 13 May. All Competitors are reminded of the provisions of Rule D19.1. 2.7 RACE MANAGEMENT CHANNEL RMC for this meeting will be confirmed in a bulletin. 2.8 AIR IMPACT TOOLS Rule D 11.3.2 will only apply during the Races at this Meeting – a maximum of four Air Impact

Tools per car is permitted at all Pit Stops other than during Races. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 4 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO CHAPTER 3 –MARKETING 3.1 MEDIA CONFERENCES – Media Centre 3.1.1 Saturday 14 May– (top 5) Immediately following Qualifying 3.1.2 Sunday 15 May– (top 3) Immediately following Podium Presentation 3.2 HPDC V8 SUPERCAR SERIES LOGO The HPDC V8 Supercar Series logo is the only series logo permitted to be displayed by all

HPDC V8 Supercar Series Teams. The use of the “Development Series” logo by any Team or Participant is strictly prohibited. Any Team that has Team uniforms or Drivers Overall’s with the “Development Series” Logo displayed are asked to contact Anna Sadler at AVESCO on (07) 5526 3564 so as appropriate patches can be supplied. 3.3 ACCREDITATION All V8 Supercar “Development Series” accreditation will be replaced at Wakefield Park with HPDC V8 Series accreditation. All Teams will be required to bring all Hard cards under their

control to Michael Masi at the AVESCO Transporter on Friday 13 May 2005 where they will be swapped with the new Hard Cards and Lanyards. CHAPTER 4 – SPECIFIC CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS 4.1 PIT LANE Signalling is only permitted in the area that has Armco/pipe railing protecting pit crew members from vehicles in pit lane. Under no circumstances are persons permitted to stand against the pit wall in any unprotected area. 4.2 CORPORATE HOSPITALITY For corporate hospitality information please contact Chris at Wakefield Park on 02 4822

2811. 4.3 MERCHANDISING For merchandising site allocation please contact Chris at Wakefield Park on 02 4822 2811. 4.4 WASTE OIL All waste oil is to be placed in the waste oil receptacles provided. 4.4 EVENT OPERATING HOURS 4.4.1 The Event operating hours for the purpose of Rule E 2.3.3 are as follows: 4.4.1.1 Saturday 0900 – 1700 4.4.1.2 Sunday 0900 – After HPDC V8 Supercar Race 3 V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 5 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO

CHAPTER 5 – MEETING SCHEDULE 5.1 Friday 13 May Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0930 Australian Performance Cars 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 0940 1010 Saloon Cars 30 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Document Checking 1000 1600 V8 Supercars 6 hours Scrutineering 1000 V8 Supercars Tyre Selection 1020 1040 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Practice 10 minutes 1050 1120 Australian V8 Utes 30 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1130 1200 Australian Performance Cars

30 minutes Practice 2 40 minutes 1240 1300 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1310 1330 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 1 10 minutes 1340 1410 Australian V8 Utes 30 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1420 1440 Saloon Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1450 1510 Aussie Racing Cars 20 minutes Qualifying 2 10 minutes 1500 V8 Supercars Organisers meeting 1520 1550 Australian Performance Cars 30 mins Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1555 1640 Australian V8 Utes 45 mins

Meeting Rides 1600 V8 Supercars Team Managers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 6 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 5.2 Saturday 14 May Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0920 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Practice 5 minutes 0925 0945 Australian V8 Utes 20 minutes Qualifying 15 minutes 1000 1035 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 1 10 minutes 1045 1115 Australian Performance Cars 30 minutes Qualifying

10 minutes 1125 1145 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 1 25 minutes 1210 1245 V8 Supercar 35 minutes Practice 2 10 minutes 1255 1310 Aussie Racing Cars 10 laps Race 1 15 minutes 1325 1345 Commodore Cup 20 minutes Qualifying 2 30 minutes 1415 1435 V8 Supercar (Lower 50%) 20 minutes Qualifying (Lower 50%) 5 minutes 1440 1500 V8 Supercar (Upper 50%) 20 minutes Qualifying (Upper 50%) After Qualifying Media Conference 5 minutes 1505 1520 Saloon Cars 12 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1530

1545 Aussie Racing Cars 10 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1600 1630 V8 Supercar 30 minutes Meeting Rides 5 minutes 1635 1650 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 1 1715 V8 Supercar Competitors & Drivers Briefing V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 7 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO 5.3 Sunday 15 May Start Finish Category Duration Session 0900 0915 Saloon Cars 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 0925 0940 Australian Performance Cars 12 laps

Race 1 5 minutes 0945 1000 Aussie Racing Cars 10 laps Race 3 30 mins 1030 V8 Supercars 17 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1100 1115 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 2 15 minutes 1130 1145 V8 Utes 10 laps Race 1 10 minutes 1155 1210 Saloon Cars 12 laps Race 3 35 mins 1245 V8 Supercars 17 laps Race 2 (Reverse Grid) 15 minutes 1320 1335 Australian Performance Cars 12 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1345 1400 V8 Utes 10 laps Race 2 10 minutes 1410 1425 Aussie Racing Cars 10 laps Race 4 35 mins 1500 V8 Supercars

30 laps Race 3 Race End V8 Supercars 15 mins Podium Presentation After Podium V8 Supercars Media Conference 1550 1610 V8 Utes 12 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1620 1640 Australian Performance Cars 17 laps Race 3 10 minutes 1650 1705 Commodore Cup 12 laps Race 3 Judy Ellacott Secretary of the Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 8 2005 Holden Performance Driving Centre V8 Supercar Series Round 2 - Wakefield Park © AVESCO

2005 V8 SUPERCAR CHAMPIONSHIP SERIES – ROUND 1 CAMS PERMIT NUMBER: 805/2003/01 FURTHER REGULATIONS FOR V8 SUPERCARS 1. CORRECT NUMBERING FOR SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS Supplementary Regulation 2.6 Race Grid Positions is deleted and replaced with the following: 2.6 RACE GRID POSITIONS 2.6.1 Subject to Rule D 5, race grid positions for Leg 1 will be determined by the fastest time achieved by each driver in either the Upper 50% or Lower 50% qualifying session or the “Shootout”, whichever is applicable.

2.6.2 Grid positions for Leg 2 will be based on the finishing position of each driver in Leg 1. 2.6.3 Unless otherwise determined by the Series Stewards; 2.6.3.1 any Drivers who do not finish Leg 1 may be permitted to start in Leg 2 from the rear of the grid in an order based upon their fastest qualifying or race time (whichever is applicable); and 2.6.3.2 Drivers who had qualified to start in Leg 1 but were unable to so start, may be permitted to start in Leg 2 from the rear of the grid behind those drivers (if

any) permitted to start pursuant to Supplementary Regulation 2.7.3.1, in an order based on their fastest qualifying time (whichever is applicable). 2. COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (“CPS”) Supplementary Regulation 2.7.5 is deleted and replaced with the following: 2.7.5 Subject to the preceding Supplementary Regulations 2.7.2 and 2.7.3, any other work may be carried out on a Car during a CPS. Jack Holding. Secretary of the Meeting. V8 Supercar Supplementary Regulations Page 1 V8 Supercar Championship Series 2005 - Round 1 Clipsal 500

155 2005 V8 Supercar Rules Rule Changes (Not Including Judicial) SAFETY • Compulsory use of the HANS Device in the VCS and the DVS • All Safety related car items reflect the FIA Standards instead of local standards to further bring V8 Supercars in line with international standards. i.e: Belts, Extinguishers, Seats • Change in the Differential Ratios that are used at Bathurst and Pukekohe TESTING • Testing ban at the conclusion of the championship year extended to 16 December

• Testing Ban for all teams from the 10 April through the 12 May while the Cars are away for the New Zealand event. • A maximum of two cars of each model may be tested by any team or group on the one day. EG: 2 x BA Ford and 2 x AU Ford or 2 x VZ/VY Holden and 2 x VX Holden PRE-RACE • No warm-up sessions • All cars will be in Pit Lane nose out at 45 degrees prior to all race starts • Cars can only leave their Pit Bay once Pit Exit is open. No queuing in Pit Lane prior to start of a session.

• No Pre Race roll around laps, once cars have exited Pit Lane they must proceed directly to the Grid. Should a car re-enter Pit Lane it will start the race from Pit Lane. COMPULSORY PIT STOPS (CPS) - SPRINT ROUNDS • Two CPS lights compulsory for all Cars, 1 x Yellow and 1 x Green. For all single driver / sprint rounds, the lights will be on at the commencement of the Race and once the part of the stop has been completed either tyres or fuel the relevant light will be switched off by the Driver.

• During all CPS’s at a Sprint Round, Teams must have two (2) air impact tools allocated to each side of the Car. • In the event of a failure of an air impact tool during a CPS, the Team will be permitted to replace the air impact tool suffering the failure with the other air impact tool allocated to that side of the Car. • No air impact tool is permitted to be used on both sides of a Car during a CPS. TOP TEN • Top 10 Shootout order will be randomly selected after the conclusion of qualifying.

• At most events, the shootout will occur 15 minutes after the end of qualifying. PRIZES, TROPHIES AND POINTSCORES • All Races in each Round of the DVS will count in determining the final result of the DVS Championship. • At the end of Round 10 of the VCS, the lowest point scoring round attended by each Driver in the VCS will be dropped from that Driver’s VCS series point score. • All rounds of the VCS after the conclusion of Round 10 will be counted in each VCS Driver’s overall

point score. • A maximum of 12 Rounds of the VCS per Driver will count in determining the final result of the VCS Drivers Championship. DETERMINATION OF VCS TEAMS CHAMPIONSHIPS • The two (2) car Team with the highest combined point score from both its Cars at the end of the VCS series will be determined the VCS Champion Team. • The one (1) car Team with the highest point score by Car at the end of the VCS series will be determined the VCS Single Car Champion Team. 156 2005 V8 Supercar

Rules Eligible models of Cars YEAR SERIES FORD HOLDEN 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series BA Falcon VY Commodore, VZ Commodore V8 Supercar Development Series AU Falcon, BA Falcon VX Commodore, VY Commodore 2006 V8 Supercar Championship Series BA Falcon VY Commodore, VZ Commodore V8 Supercar Development Series AU Falcon, BA Falcon VX Commodore, VY Commodore 2007 V8 Supercar Championship Series BA Falcon VY Commodore, VZ Commodore V8 Supercar Development Series AU Falcon, BA Falcon

VX Commodore, VY Commodore V8 Supercar Championship Series Tyre Allocation ROUND RACE DRY TYRES WET TYRES N/C Melbourne F1 GP 8 8 Round 1 Adelaide 16 N/A Round 2 Pukekohe 12 12 Round 3 Barbagallo 12 12 Round 4 Eastern Creek 10 10 Round 5 Shanghai 12 Race 12 8 Practice Round 6 Hidden Valley 12 12 Round 7 Queensland Raceway 10 10 Round 8 Oran Park 12 12 Round 9 Sandown 16 N/A Round 10 Bathurst 24 N/A Round 11 Surfers Paradise 12 12 Round 12 Symmons Plains 12 12 Round 13 Phillip Island

12 12 V8 Supercar Development Series Tyre Allocation ROUND RACE DRY TYRES WET TYRES Round 1 Adelaide 8 8 Round 2 Wakefield Park 8 8 Round 3 Eastern Creek 8 8 Round 4 Queensland Raceway 8 8 Round 5 Mallala 8 8 Round 6 Bathurst 8 8 Round 7 Phillip Island 8 8 DETERMINATION OF DVS PRIVATEERS CUP • The highest placed Privateer Driver at the end of the DVS series will be determined the Privateers Cup Champion. • Only Drivers driving in the DVS for Teams not grouped with Level 1 and Level 2 Teams are eligible

to be Privateer Drivers. • Teams must nominate before round one of the DVS if they wish their Drivers to be entered in the Privateers Cup. Acceptance of any Driver nominated for the Privateers Cup will be at the sole discretion of AVESCO.

153 Ford BA Falcon STONE BROTHERS RACING VEHICLE Stone Brothers Racing Ford Falcon BA ENGINE Stone Brothers Racing developed 5.0 Litre V8 Ford with SVO cylinder iron block and aluminium heads. EST. POWER Category control MoTec engine management control system. + BHP limited to maximum 7,500 RPM. GEARBOX 6-speed Holinger gearbox - Australian made DIFFERENTIAL Ford 9” SUSPENSION Front Stone Brothers Racing developed double wishbone suspension with adjustable damper and cockpit

adjustable front anti roll bar. Rear Stone Brothers racing 4 link rear suspension with adjustable watts link, coil over adjustable rear dampers with cockpit adjustable rear anti roll bar. BRAKES Front Brembo Monobloc 6 piston front calipers with Brembo 360mm ventilated discs. Rear Brembo Monobloc 4 piston calipers with Brembo 330mm ventilated discs. WHEELS O.Z wheels 17 inch by 12 inch TYRES Dunlop control tyre FUEL CAPACITY 120 Litre VEHICLE WEIGHT 1355kg (category minimum)

TOP SPEED 298kph (185mph) 0-100kph: 4.0 seconds CAR-TO-PIT Stone Brothers Racing developed Spread Spectrum car-to-pit radio telemetry. SEAT Recaro STEERING WHEEL Sportsline (RPM)

154 Holden VZ Commodore HOLDEN RACING TEAM VEHICLE Holden Racing Team Commodore VZ ENGINE Holden Motorsport 5.0 litre fuel injected V8 Holden Racing Team developed cylinder heads, fuel injection, intake and exhaust system, category control MoTec engine management control system. EST. POWER 620 + BHP limited to maximum 7,500 RPM GEARBOX 6-speed Holinger gearbox - Australian made DIFFERENTIAL Motive 9” SUSPENSION Front Holden Racing Team developed double wishbone designed for racing with adjustable damper. Cockpit

adjustable front roll bar Rear Holden Racing Team developed. Location by four-link parallel arms and Watts link. Cockpit adjustable rear anti roll bar. BRAKES Front 6-piston front callipers with 375mm ventilated discs. Rear 4-piston rear calipers with 340mm ventilated discs. WHEELS O.Z wheels 17 inch by 11-inch magnesium alloy TYRES Dunlop control tyre FUEL CAPACITY 120 Litre VEHICLE WEIGHT 1355kg (category minimum) TOP SPEED 298kph (185mph) 0-100kph: 4.0 seconds CAR-TO-PIT Optus digital service to Pi Research software through

Telemetry Transfer Dell computer. SEAT Racetech STEERING WHEEL Momo

157 2005 V8 Supercar Race Format and Points System 2005 V8 Supercar Championship Series Point System Note: Co Drivers in rounds 9 & 10 will both receive full points for their placing at the round. Note: Drivers must drop the points from their worst round up to and including Round 10. RD RACE SECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 1 Clipsal 500 Sat 250km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12

9 6 3 Sun 250km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 2 PlaceMakers Sat 100km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 3 Barbagallo Sat 120km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10

8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 4 Eastern Sun 140km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 Sun 140km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 5 Shanghai Sat 100km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10

8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 6 Hidden Valley Sat 100km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 100km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 100km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10

8 6 4 2 7 Qld Raceway Sun 280km 192 186 180 174 168 162 156 150 144 138 132 126 120 114 108 102 96 90 84 78 72 66 60 54 48 42 36 30 24 18 12 6 8 Oran Park Sun 140km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 Sun 140km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 9 Sandown 500 Sun 500km 192 188 184 180 176 172 168 164 160 156 152 148 144 140 136 132 128 124 120 116 112 108 104 100 96 92 88 84 80 76 72 68

10 Bathurst 1000 Sun 1000km 192 188 184 180 176 172 168 164 160 156 152 148 144 140 136 132 128 124 120 116 112 108 104 100 96 92 88 84 80 76 72 68 11 Gillette V8 Sat 100km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 Sun 140km 96 93 90 87 84 81 78 75 72 69 66 63 60 57 54 51 48 45 42 39 36 33 30 27 24 21 18 15 12 9 6 3 12 Symmons Sat 100km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4

2 Sun 150km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 150km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 13 Grand Finale Sat 100km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 Sun 140km 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10

8 6 4 2 NZ V8 Int. Creek Challenge Supercar Plains